<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://fswiki.us/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=FsaeIllumina</id>
	<title>fswiki.us - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://fswiki.us/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=FsaeIllumina"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/Special:Contributions/FsaeIllumina"/>
	<updated>2026-07-26T14:11:35Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.34.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=3134</id>
		<title>Project Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=3134"/>
		<updated>2025-01-14T23:38:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Project Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
==FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes==&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Skipping Reviews====&lt;br /&gt;
Always have someone other than the designer take 30min to a few hours to spin the cad model themselves in a full vehicle assembly to fully review parts before sending an order out. Do an interference check. Ask how it will be made and assembled. Check for clearances. That holes align. It's a common mistake to try to save time thinking you'll review after sending, or for project managers to focus on hitting &amp;quot;send to supplier&amp;quot; dates instead of &amp;quot;detailed peer review&amp;quot; dates. Keep a checklist of review items, and re-review with the checklist before sending. &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Inability to Adjust Scope, Manpower, or Both====&lt;br /&gt;
Project managers need to be flexible. When a project is behind schedule, doing the same thing (now with LESS time than originally budgeted) won't magically bring it back onto schedule. To catch up once behind, the scope of the project should be reduced, or additional resources (ie. people) added to the project. New experienced team members don't always appear. Often you will have to take someone experienced (most first year students are a &amp;lt;s&amp;gt;burden&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt; investment; not the best ones to help speed a project up) who is ahead on their own project and get them to help on things that are behind. While the initial reaction of people who are behind is that &amp;quot;its only a 1 person job&amp;quot;, remind them enough times, and they will realize some small dividable sub-tasks that they could use help on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one subsystem/project misses a big teamwide deadline (such as a CAD-complete deadline), good project managers will adjust scope and manpower to complete CAD for the behind subsystems/projects. While its possible to send out some long-lead time orders before CAD is 100% complete and reviewed, the line must be drawn somewhere on which orders must be held (gated is the project management speak) until CAD is 100% complete. Suggested orders to hold: 2D parts, suspension tubes, or wiring. Work as a team- help each other to finish CAD. The worst case is having some systems building while others are still CADing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no more manpower is available, then reducing scope may be the only option to stay on schedule. Give a few weeks warning as a chance to get back on schedule before cutting anything, and still ask the rest of the team for help. Don't end up still doing CAD/CFD/FEA in February. &lt;br /&gt;
====3. Quietly Miss Internal Deadlines====&lt;br /&gt;
There's the common idea that &amp;quot;Work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion&amp;quot;. While your team gets a big push in the days leading up to the deadline, when the day arrives and things aren't complete, what then? The team may be burnt out from the big push. The worst thing project managers can do is to not acknowledge the missed deadline. Missed and unacknowledged deadlines can make all future internal deadlines meaningless. Instead, acknowledge the delay (best a few days beforehand), and push back the deadline to a new date. &lt;br /&gt;
====4. Team Exec Take On Too Much Design Work====&lt;br /&gt;
Items 1-3 take a lot of time to address and keep an eye on. Experienced team exec are work multipliers when they are available to support the team. Exec should be available to put the team first, and help other struggling subsystems/projects, and be available to review. If midway through the year, the exec have taken on too much, don't be afraid to ask for help. &lt;br /&gt;
====5. Don't Plan Overly Detailed Right to Left Schedules====&lt;br /&gt;
Sure, Gantt charts look fancy. Never go into more detail than weeks. There's not point to plan things down to the day. You don't accurately know if a task will take 4 days or 6 days. Especially something the person has never done before, and you're planning it 2 months away. The important thing to learn from Gantt charts is what is gating what. Spoiler- it will likely be your accumulator/engine or chassis. Too many inexperienced project managers start with the competition deadlines, then squeeze everything else to fit (planning right-to-left). My advice- don't sweat the small details when scheduling. Keep planning high-level. Keep an eye on things to make sure you hit big deadlines.&lt;br /&gt;
====6. Track the Small To-Do Tasks ====&lt;br /&gt;
A shared spreadsheet is great to track open tasks. Use it to see what tasks are gating others, if tasks are blocked by others, and if tasks have stalled.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2198</id>
		<title>Project Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2198"/>
		<updated>2022-02-22T00:42:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added category&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Project Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
==FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes==&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Skipping Reviews====&lt;br /&gt;
Always have someone other than the designer take 30min to a few hours to spin the cad model themselves in a full vehicle assembly to fully review parts before sending an order out. Do an interference check. Ask how it will be made and assembled. Check for clearances. That holes align. It's a common mistake to try to save time thinking you'll review after sending, or for project managers to focus on hitting &amp;quot;send to supplier&amp;quot; dates instead of &amp;quot;detailed peer review&amp;quot; dates. Keep a checklist of review items, and re-review with the checklist before sending. &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Inability to Adjust Scope, Manpower, or Both====&lt;br /&gt;
Project managers need to be flexible. When a project is behind schedule, doing the same thing (now with LESS time than originally budgeted) won't magically bring it back onto schedule. To catch up once behind, the scope of the project should be reduced, or additional resources (ie. people) added to the project. New experienced team members don't always appear. Often you will have to take someone experienced (most first year students are a &amp;lt;s&amp;gt;burden&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt; investment; not the best ones to help speed a project up) who is ahead on their own project and get them to help on things that are behind. While the initial reaction of people who are behind is that &amp;quot;its only a 1 person job&amp;quot;, remind them enough times, and they will realize some small dividable sub-tasks that they could use help on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one subsystem/project misses a big teamwide deadline (such as a CAD-complete deadline), good project managers will adjust scope and manpower to complete CAD for the behind subsystems/projects. While its possible to send out some long-lead time orders before CAD is 100% complete and reviewed, the line must be drawn somewhere on which orders must be held (gated is the project management speak) until CAD is 100% complete. Suggested orders to hold: 2D parts, suspension tubes, or wiring. Work as a team- help each other to finish CAD. The worst case is having some systems building while others are still CADing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no more manpower is available, then reducing scope may be the only option to stay on schedule. Give a few weeks warning as a chance to get back on schedule before cutting anything, and still ask the rest of the team for help. Don't end up still doing CAD/CFD/FEA in February. &lt;br /&gt;
====3. Quietly Miss Internal Deadlines====&lt;br /&gt;
There's the common idea that &amp;quot;Work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion&amp;quot;. While your team gets a big push in the days leading up to the deadline, when the day arrives and things aren't complete, what then? The team may be burnt out from the big push. The worst thing project managers can do is to not acknowledge the missed deadline. Missed and unacknowledged deadlines can make all future internal deadlines meaningless. Instead, acknowledge the delay (best a few days beforehand), and push back the deadline to a new date. &lt;br /&gt;
====4. Team Exec Take On Too Much Design Work====&lt;br /&gt;
Items 1-3 take a lot of time to address and keep an eye on. Experienced team exec are work multipliers when they are available to support the team. Exec should be available to put the team first, and help other struggling subsystems/projects, and be available to review. If midway through the year, the exec have taken on too much, don't be afraid to ask for help. &lt;br /&gt;
====5. Don't Plan Overly Detailed Right to Left Schedules====&lt;br /&gt;
Sure, Gantt charts look fancy. Never go into more detail than weeks. There's not point to plan things down to the day. You don't accurately know if a task will take 4 days or 6 days. Especially something the person has never done before, and you're planning it 2 months away. The important thing to learn from Gantt charts is what is gating what. Spoiler- it will likely be your accumulator/engine or chassis. Too many inexperienced project managers start with the competition deadlines, then squeeze everything else to fit (planning right-to-left). My advice- don't sweat the small details. Keep planning high-level. Keep an eye on things to make sure you hit big deadlines.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2196</id>
		<title>Project Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2196"/>
		<updated>2021-12-23T07:47:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes==&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Skipping Reviews====&lt;br /&gt;
Always have someone other than the designer take 30min to a few hours to spin the cad model themselves in a full vehicle assembly to fully review parts before sending an order out. Do an interference check. Ask how it will be made and assembled. Check for clearances. That holes align. It's a common mistake to try to save time thinking you'll review after sending, or for project managers to focus on hitting &amp;quot;send to supplier&amp;quot; dates instead of &amp;quot;detailed peer review&amp;quot; dates. Keep a checklist of review items, and re-review with the checklist before sending. &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Inability to Adjust Scope, Manpower, or Both====&lt;br /&gt;
Project managers need to be flexible. When a project is behind schedule, doing the same thing (now with LESS time than originally budgeted) won't magically bring it back onto schedule. To catch up once behind, the scope of the project should be reduced, or additional resources (ie. people) added to the project. New experienced team members don't always appear. Often you will have to take someone experienced (most first year students are a &amp;lt;s&amp;gt;burden&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt; investment; not the best ones to help speed a project up) who is ahead on their own project and get them to help on things that are behind. While the initial reaction of people who are behind is that &amp;quot;its only a 1 person job&amp;quot;, remind them enough times, and they will realize some small dividable sub-tasks that they could use help on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one subsystem/project misses a big teamwide deadline (such as a CAD-complete deadline), good project managers will adjust scope and manpower to complete CAD for the behind subsystems/projects. While its possible to send out some long-lead time orders before CAD is 100% complete and reviewed, the line must be drawn somewhere on which orders must be held (gated is the project management speak) until CAD is 100% complete. Suggested orders to hold: 2D parts, suspension tubes, or wiring. Work as a team- help each other to finish CAD. The worst case is having some systems building while others are still CADing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no more manpower is available, then reducing scope may be the only option to stay on schedule. Give a few weeks warning as a chance to get back on schedule before cutting anything, and still ask the rest of the team for help. Don't end up still doing CAD/CFD/FEA in February. &lt;br /&gt;
====3. Quietly Miss Internal Deadlines====&lt;br /&gt;
There's the common idea that &amp;quot;Work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion&amp;quot;. While your team gets a big push in the days leading up to the deadline, when the day arrives and things aren't complete, what then? The team may be burnt out from the big push. The worst thing project managers can do is to not acknowledge the missed deadline. Missed and unacknowledged deadlines can make all future internal deadlines meaningless. Instead, acknowledge the delay (best a few days beforehand), and push back the deadline to a new date. &lt;br /&gt;
====4. Team Exec Take On Too Much Design Work====&lt;br /&gt;
Items 1-3 take a lot of time to address and keep an eye on. Experienced team exec are work multipliers when they are available to support the team. Exec should be available to put the team first, and help other struggling subsystems/projects, and be available to review. If midway through the year, the exec have taken on too much, don't be afraid to ask for help. &lt;br /&gt;
====5. Don't Plan Overly Detailed Right to Left Schedules====&lt;br /&gt;
Sure, Gantt charts look fancy. Never go into more detail than weeks. There's not point to plan things down to the day. You don't accurately know if a task will take 4 days or 6 days. Especially something the person has never done before, and you're planning it 2 months away. The important thing to learn from Gantt charts is what is gating what. Spoiler- it will likely be your accumulator/engine or chassis. Too many inexperienced project managers start with the competition deadlines, then squeeze everything else to fit (planning right-to-left). My advice- don't sweat the small details. Keep planning high-level. Keep an eye on things to make sure you hit big deadlines.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2195</id>
		<title>Project Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2195"/>
		<updated>2021-12-22T08:20:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes==&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Skipping Reviews====&lt;br /&gt;
Always have someone other than the designer take 30min to a few hours to spin the cad model themselves in a full vehicle assembly to fully review parts before sending an order out. Do an interference check. Ask how it will be made and assembled. Check for clearances. That holes align. It's a common mistake to try to save time thinking you'll review after sending, or for project managers to focus on hitting &amp;quot;send to supplier&amp;quot; dates instead of &amp;quot;detailed peer review&amp;quot; dates. Keep a checklist of review items, and re-review with the checklist before sending. &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Inability to Adjust Scope, Manpower, or Both====&lt;br /&gt;
Project managers need to be flexible. When a project is behind schedule, doing the same thing (now with LESS time than originally budgeted) won't magically bring it back onto schedule. To catch up once behind, the scope of the project should be reduced, or additional resources (ie. people) added to the project. New experienced team members don't always appear. Often you will have to take someone experienced (most first year students are a &amp;lt;s&amp;gt;burden&amp;lt;/s&amp;gt; investment; not the best ones to help speed a project up) who is ahead on their own project and get them to help on things that are behind. While the initial reaction of people who are behind is that &amp;quot;its only a 1 person job&amp;quot;, remind them enough times, and they will realize some small dividable sub-tasks that they could use help on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one subsystem/project misses a big teamwide deadline (such as a CAD-complete deadline), good project managers will adjust scope and manpower to complete CAD for the behind subsystems/projects. While its possible to send out some long-lead time orders before CAD is 100% complete and reviewed, the line must be drawn somewhere on which orders must be held (gated is the project management speak) until CAD is 100% complete. Suggested orders to hold: 2D parts and/or chassis. Work as a team- help each other to finish CAD. The worst case is having some systems building while others are still CADing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no more manpower is available, then reducing scope may be the only option to stay on schedule. Give a few weeks warning as a chance to get back on schedule before cutting anything, and still ask the rest of the team for help. Don't end up still doing CAD/CFD/FEA in February. &lt;br /&gt;
====3. Quietly Miss Internal Deadlines====&lt;br /&gt;
There's the common idea that &amp;quot;Work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion&amp;quot;. While your team gets a big push in the days leading up to the deadline, when the day arrives and things aren't complete, what then? The team may be burnt out from the big push. The worst thing project managers can do is to not acknowledge the missed deadline. Missed and unacknowledged deadlines can make all future internal deadlines meaningless. Instead, acknowledge the delay (best a few days beforehand), and push back the deadline to a new date. &lt;br /&gt;
====4. Team Exec Take On Too Much Design Work====&lt;br /&gt;
Items 1-3 take a lot of time to address and keep an eye on. Experienced team exec are work multipliers when they are available to support the team. Exec should be available to put the team first, and help other struggling subsystems/projects, and be available to review. If midway through the year, the exec have taken on too much, don't be afraid to ask for help. &lt;br /&gt;
====5. Don't Plan Overly Detailed Right to Left Schedules====&lt;br /&gt;
Sure, Gantt charts look fancy. Never go into more detail than weeks. There's not point to plan things down to the day. You don't accurately know if a task will take 4 days or 6 days. Especially something the person has never done before, and you're planning it 2 months away. The important thing to learn from Gantt charts is what is gating what. Spoiler- it will likely be your accumulator/engine or chassis. Too many inexperienced project managers start with the competition deadlines, then squeeze everything else to fit (planning right-to-left). My advice- don't sweat the small details. Keep planning high-level. Keep an eye on things to make sure you hit big deadlines.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2194</id>
		<title>Project Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2194"/>
		<updated>2021-12-22T08:19:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes==&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Skipping Reviews====&lt;br /&gt;
Always have someone other than the designer take 30min to a few hours to spin the cad model themselves in a full vehicle assembly to fully review parts before sending an order out. Do an interference check. Ask how it will be made and assembled. Check for clearances. That holes align. It's a common mistake to try to save time thinking you'll review after sending, or for project managers to focus on hitting &amp;quot;send to supplier&amp;quot; dates instead of &amp;quot;detailed peer review&amp;quot; dates. Keep a checklist of review items, and re-review with the checklist before sending. &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Inability to Adjust Scope, Manpower, or Both====&lt;br /&gt;
Project managers need to be flexible. When a project is behind schedule, doing the same thing (now with LESS time than originally budgeted) won't magically bring it back onto schedule. To catch up once behind, the scope of the project should be reduced, or additional resources (ie. people) added to the project. New experienced team members don't always appear. Often you will have to take someone experienced (most first year students are a burden investment; not the best ones to help speed a project up) who is ahead on their own project and get them to help on things that are behind. While the initial reaction of people who are behind is that &amp;quot;its only a 1 person job&amp;quot;, remind them enough times, and they will realize some small dividable sub-tasks that they could use help on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If one subsystem/project misses a big teamwide deadline (such as a CAD-complete deadline), good project managers will adjust scope and manpower to complete CAD for the behind subsystems/projects. While its possible to send out some long-lead time orders before CAD is 100% complete and reviewed, the line must be drawn somewhere on which orders must be held (gated is the project management speak) until CAD is 100% complete. Suggested orders to hold: 2D parts and/or chassis. Work as a team- help each other to finish CAD. The worst case is having some systems building while others are still CADing. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If no more manpower is available, then reducing scope may be the only option to stay on schedule. Give a few weeks warning as a chance to get back on schedule before cutting anything, and still ask the rest of the team for help. Don't end up still doing CAD/CFD/FEA in February. &lt;br /&gt;
====3. Quietly Miss Internal Deadlines====&lt;br /&gt;
There's the common idea that &amp;quot;Work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion&amp;quot;. While your team gets a big push in the days leading up to the deadline, when the day arrives and things aren't complete, what then? The team may be burnt out from the big push. The worst thing project managers can do is to not acknowledge the missed deadline. Missed and unacknowledged deadlines can make all future internal deadlines meaningless. Instead, acknowledge the delay (best a few days beforehand), and push back the deadline to a new date. &lt;br /&gt;
====4. Team Exec Take On Too Much Design Work====&lt;br /&gt;
Items 1-3 take a lot of time to address and keep an eye on. Experienced team exec are work multipliers when they are available to support the team. Exec should be available to put the team first, and help other struggling subsystems/projects, and be available to review. If midway through the year, the exec have taken on too much, don't be afraid to ask for help. &lt;br /&gt;
====5. Don't Plan Overly Detailed Right to Left Schedules====&lt;br /&gt;
Sure, Gantt charts look fancy. Never go into more detail than weeks. There's not point to plan things down to the day. You don't accurately know if a task will take 4 days or 6 days. Especially something the person has never done before, and you're planning it 2 months away. The important thing to learn from Gantt charts is what is gating what. Spoiler- it will likely be your accumulator/engine or chassis. Too many inexperienced project managers start with the competition deadlines, then squeeze everything else to fit (planning right-to-left). My advice- don't sweat the small details. Keep planning high-level. Keep an eye on things to make sure you hit big deadlines.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2193</id>
		<title>Project Management</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Project_Management&amp;diff=2193"/>
		<updated>2021-12-22T07:42:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: Created page with &amp;quot;==FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes== ====1. Skipping Reviews==== Always have someone other than the designer take 30min to a few hours to spin the cad model...&amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==FsaeIllumina's 5 Common Project Management Mistakes==&lt;br /&gt;
====1. Skipping Reviews====&lt;br /&gt;
Always have someone other than the designer take 30min to a few hours to spin the cad model themselves in a full vehicle assembly to fully review parts before sending an order out. Do an interference check. Ask how it will be made and assembled. Check for clearances. That holes align. It's a common mistake to try to save time think you'll review after sending, or for project managers to focus on hitting &amp;quot;send to supplier&amp;quot; dates instead of &amp;quot;detailed peer review&amp;quot; dates. &lt;br /&gt;
====2. Quietly Miss Internal Deadlines====&lt;br /&gt;
There's the common idea that &amp;quot;Work expands so as to fill the time available for its completion&amp;quot;. While this may be true, and your team gets a big push in the days leading up to the deadline, when the day arrives and things aren't complete, what then? The team may be burnt out from the big push. The worst thing project managers can do is to not acknowledge the missed deadline. Missed and unacknowledged deadlines can make all future internal deadlines meaningless. Instead, acknowledge the delay, push back the deadline to a new date, and see point number 3.&lt;br /&gt;
====3. Inability to Adjust Scope, Resources, or Both====&lt;br /&gt;
Project managers need to be flexible. When a project is behind schedule, doing the same thing (now with LESS time than originally budgeted) won't magically bring it back onto schedule.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Connectors&amp;diff=2073</id>
		<title>Connectors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Connectors&amp;diff=2073"/>
		<updated>2021-05-22T07:02:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Connector choice is a key part of wiring harness design. Badly chosen or badly assembled connectors can often be the source of electrical issues that are annoying to fix while testing the car, so care should be taken to choose the right connector and the right tools to assemble and disassemble it.&lt;br /&gt;
==Housing==&lt;br /&gt;
===Material===&lt;br /&gt;
Connector housings are made from either plastic or metal. Plastic connectors are usually cheaper and lighter, but are less durable and generally have a lower lifespan than metal connectors.&lt;br /&gt;
====Durability====&lt;br /&gt;
====Chemical Resistance====&lt;br /&gt;
Care must be taken when selecting connectors that may come in contact with chemicals (water, fuel, oil, etc) to ensure that this contact will not degrade any part of the connector.&lt;br /&gt;
===Weather Sealing===&lt;br /&gt;
Connectors are usually rated with an IP code. Connectors that are open to the elements will need to be rated accordingly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Retention===&lt;br /&gt;
All connectors feature some sort of retention method. For most connections in a FS car, strong retention methods (locking or tight friction-fit) are required. Only a few applications (e.g. connection between ECU and computer for tuning) may benefit from connectors with weak retention.&lt;br /&gt;
====Friction Fit====&lt;br /&gt;
Friction fit connectors rely only on the friction between the mating connectors for retention. Friction fit is common in consumer connectors such as USB, but is often unsuitable for the conditions in a FS car. With repeated connect/disconnect cycles, a friction fit connector may wear down, decreasing holding force.&lt;br /&gt;
====Locking Tab====&lt;br /&gt;
Connectors featuring a locking tab are very common in automotive applications. Some locking tabs can be operated by hand, while others may require a tool to open. A common example of a connector with locking tabs is the Deutsch DTM series.&lt;br /&gt;
====Screw Lock====&lt;br /&gt;
Screw lock connectors use a threaded screw to retain the connector. While generally resilient, some screw lock connectors can loosen in high vibration environments, especially if not torqued enough. However, over torquing of screw lock connectors can make them difficult to remove. A common example of a screw lock connector is the Binder M9 series.&lt;br /&gt;
====Twist Lock====&lt;br /&gt;
Twist lock connectors operate similarly to screw lock connectors, however, they feature a mechanism that locks the connector with fewer rotations than a screw lock would require. Twist lock connectors have the benefit of being faster to operate than screw lock connectors, as well as having a hard stop, leaving no doubt as to whether the connector is under or over tightened. A common example of twist lock connector is the Deutsch AS series.&lt;br /&gt;
====Cam Lock====&lt;br /&gt;
Cam lock connectors use a cam to pull the two mating connectors together. This ensures that all contacts are seated properly, and prevents the connector from coming loose over time. An example of a cam lock connector is the Molex M123 series.&lt;br /&gt;
====Push-Pull====&lt;br /&gt;
Push-pull connectors require that a sleeve on the connector be pulled back in order to release the locking mechanism. Some connectors require the mechanism to be unlocked when connecting or disconnecting the connector, while others only require this during disconnection. The most common push-pull connectors are made by LEMO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Contacts==&lt;br /&gt;
===Material===&lt;br /&gt;
====Corrosion Resistance====&lt;br /&gt;
====Wear Characteristics====&lt;br /&gt;
===Sizing===&lt;br /&gt;
====Ampacity====&lt;br /&gt;
====Resistance====&lt;br /&gt;
===Removable===&lt;br /&gt;
Some connectors have terminals permanently fixed in the housing (such as most D-subminiature connectors), while others have removable terminals. Removable terminals allow for easier assembly and maintenance, but may increase the size of a connector. Many connectors require specialized tools to remove terminals, and can be damaged by attempting to remove a terminal without the required tool. Many times, however, you can just use a flathead screwdriver - when in doubt, look up tutorials on YouTube.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Connection Method===&lt;br /&gt;
Poor connections are a very common cause of failure (and associated time spent troubleshooting). Improper technique is a common cause of this failure. Always make sure students making electrical connections are properly trained on the technique, and understand the importance in redoing a connection if it doesn't look solid. &lt;br /&gt;
====Crimp====&lt;br /&gt;
A crimp is a mechanical connection between wire and terminal. The terminal is deformed tightly around the wire conductors, often with additional points secured to the jacket for strain relief. When done properly, this can be an incredibly strong connection - sometimes stronger than the wire itself. For this reason, most professional motorsport wiring harnesses will only use crimped joints. To achieve a reliable crimp, terminals must be properly designed for the wire gauge being used. The correct tools are also necessary; using pliers or a vise will almost always result in a weak connection that is more likely to fail.&lt;br /&gt;
====Solder====&lt;br /&gt;
Soldering is the process of joining two or more parts by melting solder around the connection. When the solder cools, it creates a good electrical connection and a weak mechanical connection. Solder joints are much more brittle than crimped joints, so they are unreliable in high-vibration environments. Solder connections are often found on panel mount connectors in the form of solder cups. Soldering can also be used to reinforce a crimped connection. Always make sure solder is completely wetted out both components in the joint.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Screw Down====&lt;br /&gt;
Screw terminals use a screw to clamp onto wires. Unlike crimp and solder connections, screw terminals do not permanently or semi-permanently fasten wires, so they are most useful for wiring that won't leave the shop, like for an engine dyno or a test bench. Because they can loosen under vibration, they should not be used on vehicles.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Types==&lt;br /&gt;
===Free Hanging===&lt;br /&gt;
This is probably the most common type of connector on an FSAE car. These connect directly to wires or cables, and can interface either with other free hanging connectors or with panel mount connectors. In FS these will usually need to be weather resistant. The Deutsch DT and DTM series are popular in FS, although many varieties exist.&lt;br /&gt;
===Panel Mount===&lt;br /&gt;
Panel mount connectors are often used to allow a circuit inside of a housing, such as a PCB, to interface with external devices. In FSAE these will usually need to be resistant to the weather. They can either be soldered directly to a PCB, or they can be connected to a circuit via wires.&lt;br /&gt;
===PCB Mount===&lt;br /&gt;
These are connectors that are soldered to PCBs. They are usually not weather resistant, and are only used inside a housing - either to connect two PCBs, or to connect a PCB to a standalone panel mount connector. &lt;br /&gt;
===PCB to PCB===&lt;br /&gt;
PCBs can be directly connected together inside a housing without the use of wires. This is usually done for modularity (so that you can use a PCB for multiple functions), interfacing with a premade part (e.g., a microcontroller), or for packaging reasons. Care needs to be taken so that the solder joints on the connectors are not being overly stressed with the weight of a PCB.&lt;br /&gt;
==OEM Connectors==&lt;br /&gt;
Many off-the-shelf parts either come with a pre-attached connector, or have a connector integral to the part itself. Some parts include a mating connector, while others will require one to be sourced. OEM connectors intended for mass production often have significantly lower connect/disconnect cycle ratings than other connectors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Standard Connectors==&lt;br /&gt;
===USB===&lt;br /&gt;
Used for connecting to computers, e.g. for tuning the car or downloading data from a datalogger.&lt;br /&gt;
===D-Subminiature===&lt;br /&gt;
These are the trapezoid-shaped connectors that you might find on the back of a desktop computer. For racecar purposes, the nine-pin DE-9 connector is often used as a serial port to connect ECUs and motor controllers to a computer. For some mystifying reason, the cavemen that designed the Megasquirt ECU decided to use DB-37 connectors to connect to the main wiring harness, despite the fact that they're not at all rated for regular automotive use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==RF Connectors==&lt;br /&gt;
===BNC===&lt;br /&gt;
===SMA===&lt;br /&gt;
===TNC===&lt;br /&gt;
===N Connector===&lt;br /&gt;
===u.FL===&lt;br /&gt;
===MCX===&lt;br /&gt;
==Considerations==&lt;br /&gt;
===Density===&lt;br /&gt;
Connectors can vary greatly in how close together the pins are. A connector with a higher density will usually be lighter and easier to package, but they can be more expensive and harder to assemble.&lt;br /&gt;
===Connect/Disconnect Cycle Rating===&lt;br /&gt;
As connectors are connected and disconnected, the contacts and components will deteriorate. The cycle rating is how many times this can happen while still meeting the specifications for minimum resistance and pull force. Many connectors (like board to board connectors) are only rated to tens of cycles, while some (like USB connectors) are rated for thousands of insertions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Electronics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2059</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2059"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T19:47:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Reduced Loadability */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Reduced Loadability===&lt;br /&gt;
Countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts have weaker heads than hex head or socket head bolts, which can cause them to fail at the base of the head instead of the shank, and at lower load then the shank could withstand. The ISO/DIN standards state that the metric bolts will have &amp;quot;reduced loadability&amp;quot; of 80%, and will be labeled with a &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; before the class. ie. Class 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Countersunk head''': The title of table 3 from ISO 10642:1997(E) states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Low Profile Socket Head''': The title of table 3 from DIN 7984 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Button Head''': The title of table 3 from ISO 7380: states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Caution:=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts produced that are &lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made according to one of the aforementioned standards. If they are not advertised as conforming to one of those standards, then their load capability cannot be confirmed (Or look up the standard they are made to).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made to a strength standard. These will not have 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9 etc printed on the head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also note that the Formula SAE / Formula Student rules may prevent countersunk, button head, or low profile bolts in certain locations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula), and Shigley's&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Budynas, Nisbett. Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design 9th edition&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque applied to the head of the fastener&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload tension force. Shigley's recommends &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.75 * F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for non-permanent connections, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the proof load of the bolt. Proof Stresses for common fasteners are listed in Shigley's, which can be used to calculate proof load. The tables in Shigley's show that proof stress is often 70%-80% of the yield strength of the bolt.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Locknuts with Torque Calculations=====&lt;br /&gt;
Note that using nylon insert &amp;quot;locknuts&amp;quot; or prevailing torque nuts will increase the torque required for a given bolt tension. This torque is independent of the tension, so you can measure how much additional torque is required to overcome this locking feature, and simply add it on top of the calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Lazy Way=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.fsaeonline.com/cdsweb/gen/DownloadDocument.aspx?DocumentID=5eafc7b3-b61d-470c-b929-7ad95d426d97 FSAE Online Series Resources: Threaded Fasteners for FSAE] If link breaks, it is found under fsaeonline.com &amp;gt; Series Resources &amp;gt; Design Event &amp;gt; Reference Documents.&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2058</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2058"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T19:45:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Further Reading */ Added FSAE reference&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Reduced Loadability===&lt;br /&gt;
Countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts have weaker heads than hex head or socket head bolts, which can cause them to fail at the base of the head instead of the shank, and at lower load then the shank could withstand. The ISO/DIN standards state that the metric bolts will have &amp;quot;reduced loadability&amp;quot; of 80%, and will be labeled with a &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; before the class. ie. Class 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Countersunk head''': The title of table 3 from ISO 10642:1997(E) states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Low Profile Socket Head''': The title of table 3 from DIN 7984 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Button Head''': The title of table 3 from ISO 7380: states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Caution:=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts produced that are &lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made according to one of the aforementioned standards. If they are not advertised as conforming to one of those standards, then their load capability cannot be confirmed (Or look up the standard they are made to).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made to a strength standard. These will not have 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9 etc printed on the head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula), and Shigley's&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Budynas, Nisbett. Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design 9th edition&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque applied to the head of the fastener&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload tension force. Shigley's recommends &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.75 * F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for non-permanent connections, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the proof load of the bolt. Proof Stresses for common fasteners are listed in Shigley's, which can be used to calculate proof load. The tables in Shigley's show that proof stress is often 70%-80% of the yield strength of the bolt.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Locknuts with Torque Calculations=====&lt;br /&gt;
Note that using nylon insert &amp;quot;locknuts&amp;quot; or prevailing torque nuts will increase the torque required for a given bolt tension. This torque is independent of the tension, so you can measure how much additional torque is required to overcome this locking feature, and simply add it on top of the calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Lazy Way=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.fsaeonline.com/cdsweb/gen/DownloadDocument.aspx?DocumentID=5eafc7b3-b61d-470c-b929-7ad95d426d97 FSAE Online Series Resources: Threaded Fasteners for FSAE] If link breaks, it is found under fsaeonline.com &amp;gt; Series Resources &amp;gt; Design Event &amp;gt; Reference Documents.&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2057</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2057"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T19:40:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Reduced Loadability */ improved readability&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Reduced Loadability===&lt;br /&gt;
Countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts have weaker heads than hex head or socket head bolts, which can cause them to fail at the base of the head instead of the shank, and at lower load then the shank could withstand. The ISO/DIN standards state that the metric bolts will have &amp;quot;reduced loadability&amp;quot; of 80%, and will be labeled with a &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; before the class. ie. Class 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Countersunk head''': The title of table 3 from ISO 10642:1997(E) states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Low Profile Socket Head''': The title of table 3 from DIN 7984 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Button Head''': The title of table 3 from ISO 7380: states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Caution:=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts produced that are &lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made according to one of the aforementioned standards. If they are not advertised as conforming to one of those standards, then their load capability cannot be confirmed (Or look up the standard they are made to).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made to a strength standard. These will not have 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9 etc printed on the head.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula), and Shigley's&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Budynas, Nisbett. Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design 9th edition&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque applied to the head of the fastener&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload tension force. Shigley's recommends &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.75 * F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for non-permanent connections, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the proof load of the bolt. Proof Stresses for common fasteners are listed in Shigley's, which can be used to calculate proof load. The tables in Shigley's show that proof stress is often 70%-80% of the yield strength of the bolt.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Locknuts with Torque Calculations=====&lt;br /&gt;
Note that using nylon insert &amp;quot;locknuts&amp;quot; or prevailing torque nuts will increase the torque required for a given bolt tension. This torque is independent of the tension, so you can measure how much additional torque is required to overcome this locking feature, and simply add it on top of the calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Lazy Way=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2056</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2056"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T19:38:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Reduced Loadability===&lt;br /&gt;
Countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts have weaker heads than hex head or socket head bolts, which can cause them to fail at the base of the head instead of the shank, and at lower load then the shank could withstand. The ISO/DIN standards state that the metric bolts will have &amp;quot;reduced loadability&amp;quot; of 80%, and will be labeled with a &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; before the class. ie. Class 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Countersunk head''': ISO 10642:1997(E) Hexagon Socket Countersunk Head Screws. The title of table 3 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Low Profile Socket Head''': DIN 7984. The title of table 3 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* '''Button Head''': ISO 7380 Hexagon Socket Button Head Screws. The title of table 3 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Caution:=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts produced that are &lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made according to one of the aforementioned standards. If they are not advertised as conforming to one of those standards, then their load capability cannot be confirmed (Or look up the standard they are made to).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made to a strength standard. These will not have 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9 etc printed on the head. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula), and Shigley's&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Budynas, Nisbett. Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design 9th edition&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque applied to the head of the fastener&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload tension force. Shigley's recommends &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.75 * F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for non-permanent connections, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the proof load of the bolt. Proof Stresses for common fasteners are listed in Shigley's, which can be used to calculate proof load. The tables in Shigley's show that proof stress is often 70%-80% of the yield strength of the bolt.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Locknuts with Torque Calculations=====&lt;br /&gt;
Note that using nylon insert &amp;quot;locknuts&amp;quot; or prevailing torque nuts will increase the torque required for a given bolt tension. This torque is independent of the tension, so you can measure how much additional torque is required to overcome this locking feature, and simply add it on top of the calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Lazy Way=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2055</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2055"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T19:37:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added reduced loadability section with references&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
===Reduced Loadability===&lt;br /&gt;
Countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts have weaker heads than hex head or socket head bolts, which can cause them to fail at the base of the head instead of the shank, and at lower load then the shank could withstand. The ISO/DIN standards state that the metric bolts will have &amp;quot;reduced loadability&amp;quot; of 80%, and will be labeled with a &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; before the class. ie. Class 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Countersunk head: ISO 10642:1997(E) Hexagon Socket Countersunk Head Screws. The title of table 3 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Low Profile Socket Head: DIN 7984. The title of table 3 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Button Head: ISO 7380 Hexagon Socket Button Head Screws. The title of table 3 states &amp;quot;Minimum ultimate tensile loads (...) 80% of the values specified in ISO 898-1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Caution:=====&lt;br /&gt;
There are many countersunk, button head, and low profile bolts produced that are &lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made according to one of the aforementioned standards. If they are not advertised as conforming to one of those standards, then their load capability cannot be confirmed (Or look up the standard they are made to).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* '''not''' made to a strength standard. These will not have 08.8, 010.9, or 012.9 etc printed on the head. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula), and Shigley's&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Budynas, Nisbett. Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design 9th edition&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque applied to the head of the fastener&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload tension force. Shigley's recommends &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.75 * F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for non-permanent connections, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the proof load of the bolt. Proof Stresses for common fasteners are listed in Shigley's, which can be used to calculate proof load. The tables in Shigley's show that proof stress is often 70%-80% of the yield strength of the bolt.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Locknuts with Torque Calculations=====&lt;br /&gt;
Note that using nylon insert &amp;quot;locknuts&amp;quot; or prevailing torque nuts will increase the torque required for a given bolt tension. This torque is independent of the tension, so you can measure how much additional torque is required to overcome this locking feature, and simply add it on top of the calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Lazy Way=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2054</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2054"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T18:59:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: Added proof load&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula), and Shigley's&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Budynas, Nisbett. Shigley's Mechanical Engineering Design 9th edition&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque applied to the head of the fastener&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload tension force. Shigley's recommends &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;0.75 * F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; for non-permanent connections, where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;F_{proof}&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the proof load of the bolt. Proof Stresses for common fasteners are listed in Shigley's, which can be used to calculate proof load. The tables in Shigley's show that proof stress is often 70%-80% of the yield strength of the bolt.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Shigleys&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Locknuts with Torque Calculations=====&lt;br /&gt;
Note that using nylon insert &amp;quot;locknuts&amp;quot; or prevailing torque nuts will increase the torque required for a given bolt tension. This torque is independent of the tension, so you can measure how much additional torque is required to overcome this locking feature, and simply add it on top of the calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Lazy Way=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2053</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2053"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T18:26:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added locknuts note to torque calcs&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula) show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload force, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Locknuts with Torque Calculations=====&lt;br /&gt;
Note that using nylon insert &amp;quot;locknuts&amp;quot; or prevailing torque nuts will increase the torque required for a given bolt tension. This torque is independent of the tension, so you can measure how much additional torque is required to overcome this locking feature, and simply add it on top of the calculation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====The Lazy Way=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2052</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2052"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T18:21:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added video, added NAS bolts section.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===NAS===&lt;br /&gt;
NAS Shear bolts are often used in suspension systems because of their tight diameter tolerances, which means less compliance. &lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
==Deez Nutz==&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula) show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload force, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Lazy Way'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=f7qkHxG1v1E tarkka Fasteners Introduction Youtube Video]&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2051</id>
		<title>Threaded Fasteners</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Threaded_Fasteners&amp;diff=2051"/>
		<updated>2021-02-09T18:07:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: Added torque calculations, some references, and link for metric iso&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Threaded fasteners used in FS are most typically made of steel but are sometimes also made of stainless, titanium, or aluminum.&lt;br /&gt;
=Standards=&lt;br /&gt;
There are two main threaded fastener standards: metric and inch. Within these two categories lay additional standards set by various organisations. These standards may are often intercompatible but can differ in head size, strength, alloy, coating, pitch, and local avaliability.&lt;br /&gt;
==Metric==&lt;br /&gt;
Metric screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;M6x25 x 1mm Class 8.8&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The M6 referes to the major diameter being 6mm, 25: the shaft length is 25mm, and the pitch is 1 thread per 1mm. A class 8.8 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about 800MPa and about 80% of that being the yield strength.&lt;br /&gt;
===ISO===&lt;br /&gt;
Wikipedia [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_metric_screw_thread ISO Metric Screw Threads] has tables listing preferred sizes, and pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
==Inch==&lt;br /&gt;
Inch screws are listed in the following way:&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;1/4-20 x 1 Grade 5&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;. The 1/4 is the major diameter of 1/4in, a thread pitch of 20 threads per inch, and a length of 1in. A grade 5 bolt is a medium strength steel bolt with a tensile strength of about _ksi and a yield strength of _ksi.&lt;br /&gt;
===SAE===&lt;br /&gt;
[grades, charts, etc...]&lt;br /&gt;
===AN===&lt;br /&gt;
=Screw Types=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
|Names&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:hexhead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Hex head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:12point_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Twelve point&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:sockethead_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Socket head&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Allen® head&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:shoulder_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Shoulder screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[File:setscrew_mcmaster.png|50px]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Set screw&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|Quarter turn&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.southco.com/en-us/product/hierarchy.html?hid=7345 DZUS® fastener]&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dzus_fastener&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|A specialty fastener that allows quick installation and removal of [[Body Panel|body panels]].&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Nut Types=&lt;br /&gt;
==Deez Nutz==&lt;br /&gt;
===Hex Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
===Weld Nut / Riv-Nut===&lt;br /&gt;
==Locknut==&lt;br /&gt;
Locknuts resist loosening. Other methods can be used to resist loosening: [[Washer#Lock washer|lock washers]], [[Safety Wire|safety wire]], [[Locking Adhesive|locking adhesive]], or design. Most locknuts are only designed to be installed a few times otherwise their loosening resistance is diminished.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1661px;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|Photo&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Common Name&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Jam nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylon nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Nylok&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;|&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Distorted nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stover nut&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
K-nut / Jet-nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;|Different components of the nut can be distorted to prevent loosening. For example: thread pitch and eccentricity. The temperature range is limited only by the parent metal or its plating and can be reused approximately 10 times before its locking capability is diminished&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;Barrett, Richard. [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf|&amp;quot;Fastener Design Manual&amp;quot;], Nasa Reference Publication 1228 (1990) pp7&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. A K-nut or Jet-nut is ideal for high temperature applications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 39px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 106px;&amp;quot;|Castle nut&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot; data-mce-style=&amp;quot;width: 1476px;&amp;quot;| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Threaded Insert==&lt;br /&gt;
=Fastener Characteristics (how to choose)=&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tensioning&lt;br /&gt;
* Initial Tightening Force&lt;br /&gt;
** Brings bolt close to &amp;quot;proof load&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
* Deformation of threads (pic)&lt;br /&gt;
* Maintenance schedule&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Torque=&lt;br /&gt;
Why torque a bolt? Create tension in the bolt which does the following:&lt;br /&gt;
* Prevent joint separation&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduces the cyclic stress that the bolt experiences during cyclic loading (at the cost of increases amplitude of the mean stress)&lt;br /&gt;
* Creates friction forces between the materials being clamped. The friction force can transmit shear forces, so the bolt itself isn't loaded in shear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Torque Accuracy==&lt;br /&gt;
The ultimate goal of torque is to tension the bolt. Unfortunately, torque is a very inaccurate method of achieving a specific tension. The tension can be off by +/- 25%&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; It widely used because it is cheap to apply. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Calculate Torque==&lt;br /&gt;
The Fastenal Technical reference guide&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; and the NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; (Pg 17 Alternative Torque Formula) show the commonly used formula:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
:&amp;lt;math&amp;gt;T=K*F*d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Where &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; T &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is Torque, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; K &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is a Torque Coefficient related to friction, &amp;lt;math&amp;gt; F &amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the preload force, and &amp;lt;math&amp;gt;d&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; is the diameter of the bolt. The Torque Coefficient depends on the materials, coatings, and lubricants (if present) of the connection. You can find a value from table VI of the Nasa manual,&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;NASA&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; or page 24 of the Fastenal Guide.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;Fastenal&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Lazy Way'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.fastenal.com/en/83/torque-calculator Fastenal Torque Calculator]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Further Reading=&lt;br /&gt;
* Machinerys Handbook&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www-eng.lbl.gov/~shuman/NEXT/MATERIALS&amp;amp;COMPONENTS/Pressure_vessels/FastenalTechnicalReferenceGuide.pdf Fastenal Technical Reference Guide]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://ntrs.nasa.gov/archive/nasa/casi.ntrs.nasa.gov/19900009424.pdf NASA Fastener Design Manual]&lt;br /&gt;
* Carroll Smith's ''Screw to Win''&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.mcmaster.com McMaster-Carr]&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler Technical Pocket Guide (available in print or as an App)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[category:Fasteners]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2050</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2050"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T17:52:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, while Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA) [https://medias.schaeffler.us Schaeffler Catalogue]&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF [https://www.skf.com/us SKF Catalogue (just use search)]&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than cylindrical roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. Deep Groove Ball Bearings can take some axial load (see section 1.6, Page 36 of HR1&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt;), while non-locating roller bearings cannot take any. There will always be small amounts of axial load on shafts from small misalignments, which is why deep groove ball bearings are so common. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX. See section 1.2, page 216 of HR1&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings. Note that at least one bearing will have to be able to take the small axial load. &lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, its okay to use a tool that isn't from the same company as the one that manufactures the bearings you actually buy. &lt;br /&gt;
====SKF Bearing Select Tool Method====&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool] Website. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select Roller Bearing (This includes deep groove ball bearings).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick Single or Two on a Shaft.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick the Bearing type in the drop down, then in the &amp;quot;Search Designation&amp;quot; type in the supplier part number, such as &amp;quot;608&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;6005&amp;quot;, then hit next.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter in the loads. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Single Bearings, Pick Calculations &amp;gt; Equivalent dynamic load AND Fits and Tolerances. Enter in Loads, then Calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
## For Two on Shaft, Enter the loads, hit calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the Fits and Tolerances page, set &amp;quot;Standard fit recommendation&amp;quot; to ON. &lt;br /&gt;
====Schaeffler HR1 PDF Method====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2049</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2049"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T17:36:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Radial and Axial Bearings */ spelling&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, while Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA) [https://medias.schaeffler.us Schaeffler Catalogue]&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF [https://www.skf.com/us SKF Catalogue (just use search)]&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, its okay to use a tool that isn't from the same company as the one that manufactures the bearings you actually buy. &lt;br /&gt;
====SKF Bearing Select Tool Method====&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool] Website. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select Roller Bearing (This includes deep groove ball bearings).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick Single or Two on a Shaft.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick the Bearing type in the drop down, then in the &amp;quot;Search Designation&amp;quot; type in the supplier part number, such as &amp;quot;608&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;6005&amp;quot;, then hit next.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter in the loads. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Single Bearings, Pick Calculations &amp;gt; Equivalent dynamic load AND Fits and Tolerances. Enter in Loads, then Calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
## For Two on Shaft, Enter the loads, hit calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the Fits and Tolerances page, set &amp;quot;Standard fit recommendation&amp;quot; to ON. &lt;br /&gt;
====Schaeffler HR1 PDF Method====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2048</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2048"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T17:35:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Tolerances and Fits */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA) [https://medias.schaeffler.us Schaeffler Catalogue]&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF [https://www.skf.com/us SKF Catalogue (just use search)]&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, its okay to use a tool that isn't from the same company as the one that manufactures the bearings you actually buy. &lt;br /&gt;
====SKF Bearing Select Tool Method====&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool] Website. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select Roller Bearing (This includes deep groove ball bearings).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick Single or Two on a Shaft.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick the Bearing type in the drop down, then in the &amp;quot;Search Designation&amp;quot; type in the supplier part number, such as &amp;quot;608&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;6005&amp;quot;, then hit next.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter in the loads. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Single Bearings, Pick Calculations &amp;gt; Equivalent dynamic load AND Fits and Tolerances. Enter in Loads, then Calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
## For Two on Shaft, Enter the loads, hit calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the Fits and Tolerances page, set &amp;quot;Standard fit recommendation&amp;quot; to ON. &lt;br /&gt;
====Schaeffler HR1 PDF Method====&lt;br /&gt;
Follow section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2047</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2047"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T16:13:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Tolerances and Fits */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA) [https://medias.schaeffler.us Schaeffler Catalogue]&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF [https://www.skf.com/us SKF Catalogue (just use search)]&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
====SKF Bearing Select Tool Method====&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool] Website. &lt;br /&gt;
# Select Roller Bearing (This includes deep groove ball bearings).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick Single or Two on a Shaft.&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick the Bearing type in the drop down, then in the &amp;quot;Search Designation&amp;quot; type in the supplier part number, such as &amp;quot;608&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;6005&amp;quot;, then hit next.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter in the loads. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Single Bearings, Pick Calculations &amp;gt; Equivalent dynamic load AND Fits and Tolerances. Enter in Loads, then Calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
## For Two on Shaft, Enter the loads, hit calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the Fits and Tolerances page, set &amp;quot;Standard fit recommendation&amp;quot; to ON. &lt;br /&gt;
====Schaeffler HR1 PDF Method====&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source. Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, Schaeffler's catalogue is relevant for all manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2046</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2046"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T16:12:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Tolerances and Fits */ Added SKF Bearing Select Tool Method&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA) [https://medias.schaeffler.us Schaeffler Catalogue]&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF [https://www.skf.com/us SKF Catalogue (just use search)]&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
====SKF Bearing Select Tool Method====&lt;br /&gt;
# Go to [https://www.skfbearingselect.com] &lt;br /&gt;
# Select Roller Bearing (This includes deep groove ball bearings)&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick Single or Two on a Shaft&lt;br /&gt;
# Pick the Bearing type in the drop down, then in the &amp;quot;Search Designation&amp;quot; type in the supplier part number, such as &amp;quot;608&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;6005&amp;quot;, then hit next.&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter in the loads. &lt;br /&gt;
## For Single Bearings, Pick Calculations &amp;gt; Equivalent dynamic load AND Fits and Tolerances. Enter in Loads, then Calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
## For Two on Shaft, Enter the loads, hit calculate, then Next.&lt;br /&gt;
# On the Fits and Tolerances page, set &amp;quot;Standard fit recommendation&amp;quot; to ON. &lt;br /&gt;
====Schaeffler HR1 PDF Method====&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source. Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, Schaeffler's catalogue is relevant for all manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2045</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2045"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T15:54:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Picking the Specific Size */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA) [https://medias.schaeffler.us Schaeffler Catalogue]&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF [https://www.skf.com/us SKF Catalogue (just use search)]&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skfbearingselect.com SKF Bearing Select Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source. Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, Schaeffler's catalogue is relevant for all manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2044</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2044"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T15:51:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Radial and Axial Bearings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA) [https://medias.schaeffler.us Schaeffler Catalogue]&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF [https://www.skf.com/us SKF Catalogue (just use search)]&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source. Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, Schaeffler's catalogue is relevant for all manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2043</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2043"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T15:42:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Tolerances and Fits */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source. Since bearings are standardized across suppliers, Schaeffler's catalogue is relevant for all manufacturers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10). To use Table 10, look up the Bearing Tolerance Class from the catalogue page specific to the bearings (from step 1 in this wiki guide), or just assume it's &amp;quot;normal 6X&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;PN&amp;quot;, then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2042</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2042"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T04:47:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Tolerances and Fits */ added bolding&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10, Assume a bearing tolerance class &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;), then Table 11 has the '''surface roughness tolerance''' (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2041</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2041"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T04:44:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: re-organized sections.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on the ends of suspension/steering tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Aurora Bearing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial and Axial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Used on shafts. Radial Bearings are very common in Formula Student, which Axial bearings are rare. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Suppliers===&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
Suppliers have helpful tools. Can also use the Schaeffler HR 1 handbook.&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10, Assume a bearing tolerance class &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;), then Table 11 has the surface roughness tolerance (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet. If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2040</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2040"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T04:35:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Just give me some tolerances */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Most common type of bearings for shafts. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside. &lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Suppliers==&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10, Assume a bearing tolerance class &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;), then Table 11 has the surface roughness tolerance (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft diameter tolerances from strangers on the internet:&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2039</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2039"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T04:34:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Suppliers */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Most common type of bearings for shafts. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside. &lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Suppliers==&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10, Assume a bearing tolerance class &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;), then Table 11 has the surface roughness tolerance (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Just give me some tolerances=====&lt;br /&gt;
If you want some housing and shaft tolerances from strangers on the internet:&lt;br /&gt;
* Wheel Bearings: N8/k6&lt;br /&gt;
* All Other Bearings: H8/h7&lt;br /&gt;
If you run into issues, you have no one to blame but yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2038</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2038"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T04:26:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing */ Added steering&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Most common type of bearings for shafts. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside. &lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering: Deep groove ball bearings, or needle bearings (in areas with 0 axial force)&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Suppliers==&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10, Assume a bearing tolerance class &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;), then Table 11 has the surface roughness tolerance (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2037</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2037"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T04:22:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: /* Radial Bearings */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Most common type of bearings for shafts. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside. &lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Ball bearings are usually lighter, can run at faster speeds, and are lower friction than roller bearings, but also have lower load capacity. &lt;br /&gt;
* Single row deep groove ball bearings come with different sized balls (and corresponding weights and sizes). From smallest to largest: 618XX, 619XX, 60XX, 62XX, 63XX.&lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub. &lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Suppliers==&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10, Assume a bearing tolerance class &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;), then Table 11 has the surface roughness tolerance (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2036</id>
		<title>Bearings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Bearings&amp;diff=2036"/>
		<updated>2021-01-26T04:13:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: Added tolerances and fits, and bearing selection&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Spherical Bearings and Rod Ends==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.aurorabearing.com/pdf/rod-ends.pdf Rod ends for racing]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Radial Bearings==&lt;br /&gt;
Most common type of bearings for shafts. Typical unit has a hollow cylinder shape, with spherical balls or cylindrical rollers inside. &lt;br /&gt;
===Bearing Selection Tools===&lt;br /&gt;
====Pre-Selection: Type of Bearing====&lt;br /&gt;
* The Schaeffler Pre-selection Chart on page 30 of the HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=HR1/&amp;gt; provides a useful overview of the different types of bearings. &lt;br /&gt;
* Suggestions from a FS Wiki Author of what teams could use: &lt;br /&gt;
** Bellcranks: Deep groove ball bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Drivetrain (such as differential mounting): deep groove ball bearings or roller bearings&lt;br /&gt;
** Wheel Hubs: Angular Contact ball bearings or tapered roller bearings in an X or O configuration, Or buy an off-the-shelf wheel hub. &lt;br /&gt;
====Picking the Specific Size====&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://www.skf.com/group/products/rolling-bearings/principles-of-rolling-bearing-selection/bearing-selection-process SKF Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
* [https://medias.schaeffler.com/medias/la/start.do?property&amp;amp;lang=en&amp;amp;mediasS=bX-eGEFcBXnh&amp;amp;mediasCall Schaeffler Bearing Selection Tool]&lt;br /&gt;
==Suppliers==&lt;br /&gt;
* Schaeffler (Includes FAG, and INA)&lt;br /&gt;
* NSK&lt;br /&gt;
* SKF&lt;br /&gt;
===Tolerances and Fits===&lt;br /&gt;
Section 8.3 of the Schaeffler HR 1 Catalogue&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://www.schaeffler.com/remotemedien/media/_shared_media/08_media_library/01_publications/schaeffler_2/catalogue_1/downloads_6/hr1_de_en.pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; is the best available source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Search for the supplier part number on a supplier's catalogue like [https://medias.schaeffler.us/ Schaeffler's Medias Catalogue]. Bearings have standardized supplier part numbers across all suppliers, so it will be the same part number on SKF or NSK's website as well. Searching without the suffix for the seals (ie. &amp;quot;-ZZ&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;-2RS1&amp;quot;) will improve the chances of at least finding the bearing of the correct size. &lt;br /&gt;
# The catalogue page for the specific bearing (like Schaeffler's Medias) should state the '''basic dimensions, and min/max radii of the housing''' etc. It may not contain the tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
# In section 8.2-8.3 (pg 145) of the Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt; there will be '''tolerance info for the housing and shaft'''.  Start with Table 1 to determine the loading condition. Then for radial bearings (the most common type) look at Table 2 for the shaft tolerance, and Table 4 for the housing tolerance.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the same Schaeffler HR1 handbook&amp;lt;ref name=&amp;quot;HR1&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;, Section 8.6 has the more advanced '''GD&amp;amp;T''' (Table 10, Assume a bearing tolerance class &amp;quot;Normal&amp;quot;), then Table 11 has the surface roughness tolerance (The diameter tolerance grade is from 4th column of Table 10).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=====Tolerances note: =====&lt;br /&gt;
Looser tolerances than those recommended by the manufacturer may be possible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''drivetrain and wheel assemblies''', an increased interference may be possible when seating bearings into aluminum housings. Aluminum's high coefficient of thermal expansion allows it to expand significantly when heated. Do not wreck the heat treatment of the aluminum though.  Additionally, having thin, lightweight aluminum bearing seats limits the residual stress from the press-fit and minimizes dimensional changes of the steel bearing race (compared to the same press-fit into thick steel housing), which would cause bearing issues such as friction and wear. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For '''bellcranks''' an increased interference may be possible for the same reasons as above. Additional clearance is possible due to the bearings moving at low speeds, only ever rotating &amp;lt;90deg and always being under preload. &lt;br /&gt;
When in doubt, follow the manufacturer's recommended tolerances. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Compliance]]&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Engineering Materials‎]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Compliance&amp;diff=2035</id>
		<title>Compliance</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Compliance&amp;diff=2035"/>
		<updated>2021-01-18T17:04:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: fixed link format&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Compliance is the inverse of stiffness. It might seem a bit backwards at first, but perhaps becomes more intuitive when you consider &amp;quot;compliance budgets&amp;quot; (mainly considered in vehicle dynamics/suspension, but occasionally applicable to other systems). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Compliance Calculation Applied to Suspension==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, every tire has an ideal [[camber angle]] for maximum lateral force generation. However, as force is generated the suspension will strain and deform, so this angle cannot be realistically maintained. It follows then that in addition to targeting a specific angle, it is also wise to define a maximum tolerable deviation from this angle (or rather a maximum tolerable grip loss), or a maximum &amp;quot;compliance&amp;quot; in the suspension, e.g. 1° at 1G lateral. This angle can then be further divided into the various components of the suspension e.g. 0.1° in the upright, 0.05° in the bearings, 0.1° in the hub and 0.2° in the rim etc. Now we have a concrete target for the respective components to be judged against.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturally we generally want to minimise suspension compliance, but as with everything, this cannot be done without compromises (e.g increased weight).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example of Compliance Minimisation==&lt;br /&gt;
A popular type of roast on various FS forums is pictures of suspension points mounted on a tube, away from any nodes. This violates the central rule of truss structures (two-force members only, see [[Tube Frame]]) and will result in dis-proportionate amounts of compliance as the tube bends. Reacting the suspension forces at nodes will make the assembly much stiffer at minimal cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bearings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.reddit.com/r/FSAE/comments/kr6guf/compliance_estimation/ Reddit Discussion with Bill Cobb]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.researchgate.net/publication/289973663_Compliance_and_Friction_in_Elastic_and_Mechanical_Joints_of_Race_Car_Suspensions Zipfel George Compliance and Friction in Elastic and Mechanical Joints of Race Car Suspensions 2006]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vehicle Dynamics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Compliance&amp;diff=2034</id>
		<title>Compliance</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Compliance&amp;diff=2034"/>
		<updated>2021-01-18T17:04:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: Added See Also&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Compliance is the inverse of stiffness. It might seem a bit backwards at first, but perhaps becomes more intuitive when you consider &amp;quot;compliance budgets&amp;quot; (mainly considered in vehicle dynamics/suspension, but occasionally applicable to other systems). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Compliance Calculation Applied to Suspension==&lt;br /&gt;
For example, every tire has an ideal [[camber angle]] for maximum lateral force generation. However, as force is generated the suspension will strain and deform, so this angle cannot be realistically maintained. It follows then that in addition to targeting a specific angle, it is also wise to define a maximum tolerable deviation from this angle (or rather a maximum tolerable grip loss), or a maximum &amp;quot;compliance&amp;quot; in the suspension, e.g. 1° at 1G lateral. This angle can then be further divided into the various components of the suspension e.g. 0.1° in the upright, 0.05° in the bearings, 0.1° in the hub and 0.2° in the rim etc. Now we have a concrete target for the respective components to be judged against.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Naturally we generally want to minimise suspension compliance, but as with everything, this cannot be done without compromises (e.g increased weight).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Example of Compliance Minimisation==&lt;br /&gt;
A popular type of roast on various FS forums is pictures of suspension points mounted on a tube, away from any nodes. This violates the central rule of truss structures (two-force members only, see [[Tube Frame]]) and will result in dis-proportionate amounts of compliance as the tube bends. Reacting the suspension forces at nodes will make the assembly much stiffer at minimal cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== See Also ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bearings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.reddit.com/r/FSAE/comments/kr6guf/compliance_estimation/ Reddit Discussion with Bill Cobb]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.researchgate.net/publication/289973663_Compliance_and_Friction_in_Elastic_and_Mechanical_Joints_of_Race_Car_Suspensions Zipfel&lt;br /&gt;
 George Compliance and Friction in Elastic and Mechanical Joints of Race Car Suspensions 2006]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Vehicle Dynamics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2030</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2030"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T20:06:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: fixed broken 'see also' link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ready-to-fill-in excel file, which accompanies the video is available at [https://github.com/fsaeillumina/suspension-forces https://github.com/fsaeillumina/suspension-forces] &lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|600|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET_07_02_018/IJMET_07_02_018.pdf FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Pedal_Box&amp;diff=2029</id>
		<title>Pedal Box</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Pedal_Box&amp;diff=2029"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T18:59:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added pedal ratio&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pedals sit in here&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Pedal Ratio ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start with a free body diagram of the brake pedal. Use Trigonometry to break up the master cylinder force into a horizontal and vertical components. Use &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M = 0&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt;. Rearrange to solve for the master cylinder force as a function of the applied force on the pedal. &lt;br /&gt;
Assume that the braking force is applied at the ball of the drivers foot while wearing drivers shoes. You can measure your drivers, and/or use the ergonomic data from fsaeonline &amp;gt; Series Resources &amp;gt; Design Event &amp;gt; Reference Documents &amp;gt; Anthropometric Reference Data.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://www.fsaeonline.com/cdsweb/gen/DocumentResources.aspx&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==References==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Ergonomics]][[Category:Brakes]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2028</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2028"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:35:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: fix url&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ready-to-fill-in excel file, which accompanies the video is available at [https://github.com/fsaeillumina/suspension-forces https://github.com/fsaeillumina/suspension-forces] &lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|600|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2027</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2027"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:34:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added link to excel file&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A ready-to-fill-in excel file, which accompanies the video is available at [https://github.com/fsaeillumina/suspension-forces] &lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|600|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2026</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2026"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:32:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: Undo revision 2025 by FsaeIllumina (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|600|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2025</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2025"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:32:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: move video&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|500|left|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2024</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2024"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:29:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: made video smaller&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|600|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2023</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2023"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:28:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: made video smaller&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|1000|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2022</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2022"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:28:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: update youtube link. Make video smaller&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/rhqZQ9Lic2o|1300|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Geometry_and_Kinematics&amp;diff=2020</id>
		<title>Suspension Geometry and Kinematics</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Geometry_and_Kinematics&amp;diff=2020"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:04:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: FsaeIllumina moved page Suspension Geometry to Suspension Geometry and Kinematics: Kinematics are closely related with geometry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Track width==&lt;br /&gt;
This has 4 main considerations:&lt;br /&gt;
* If the track is too narrow, the car may fail the 60deg tilt test&lt;br /&gt;
* Narrower track increases load transfer, reducing lateral grip&lt;br /&gt;
* Narrower track reduces rear wing, front wing, and undertray width, reducing aero potential&lt;br /&gt;
* Narrower track tightens the racing line - can be very beneficial on a manuverability emphasized course, such as the autoX and endurance.&lt;br /&gt;
These need to be analyzed for an adequate tradeoff.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wheelbase==&lt;br /&gt;
Considerations:&lt;br /&gt;
* 1525mm minimum set by rules&lt;br /&gt;
* Shorter generally makes a more compact car, that will at least in theory be lighter and have less yaw inertia&lt;br /&gt;
* Shorter reduces steering angle requirement per a given corner radius, geometrically speaking&lt;br /&gt;
* Shorter makes the car less stable at high speeds, but the minimum set is well above any sort of safety concern&lt;br /&gt;
* Longer can allow more downforce, at least in theory, from undertray and side aero. But, is it worth the penalty?&lt;br /&gt;
* Longer can allow more flexibilty with CG longtitudonal location&lt;br /&gt;
An adequate compromise must be made.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Camber==&lt;br /&gt;
Camber is the front view angle of the tire from the vertical axis. The top of the tire pointing inwards is referred to as &amp;quot;negative camber&amp;quot;. Positive camber is never desirable (from a traction POV. Positive camber can improve driveability, as seen on 1950s F1 cars).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why? Evening out the contact patch pressure, under lateral load.[[File:Annotation 2020-05-25 001418.png|center|middle|thumb|Camber Justification ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As the car rolls, the tire rolls that same amount - so, 2deg of body roll is 2deg of positive tire camber - bad! How to solve?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Either static camber (fixed), or &amp;quot;dynamic&amp;quot; - &amp;quot;Camber gain&amp;quot;, from the suspension linkage. By making the upper a-arm shorter than the lower, and the inboard points closer together than the outboard, the wheel will gain negative camber with wheel travel - that is, canceling out part of the camber lost in roll. An easy way to quantify the camber gain is the Front-view swing arm length (FVSAL) - the line from the wheel center to the Instant Center (IC) of the 2 arms, found at the intersection of the extension of the arms line of action. This can allow for a simple sin/cosine relation for camber gain, although it is idealized since the FVSAL doesnt stay constant through the travel. For reference, the 2018 Ryerson car had a 45inch FVSAL, allowing it to run relatively minimal static camber.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Why would that be desirable? static camber could cause the inner part of the tire to overheat on the straights, and so even if the camber during a corner is ideal, the tire wear and tire temperature would say otherwise. So, general considerations in the solution:&lt;br /&gt;
* Minimize roll, to reduce the need for static camber. However, a stiffer car will be more upset by bumps, which is difficult to quantify.&lt;br /&gt;
* Use camber gain, but remember that in pitch camber gain will reduce the longitudonal grip (for longt, you want 0 camber)&lt;br /&gt;
* Account for camber deflection sources, and build in adjustabity of at least static camber.&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;ideal&amp;quot; compromise of these factors has requires detailed analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Toe==&lt;br /&gt;
A minor adjustment. A stability fine tuning tool, to make the car feel better for the driver. Not a major performance item. Generally, toe out (front of wheels pointing outwards) is for response, and toe in is for stability. You would almost never see toe out on the rear, while the front is likely to be toe out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, that is within the usable range (-1:1deg?). Compliance that is often present, especially on the rear, can turn an otherwise decent car into an unpredictable deathtrap. Take into consideration:&lt;br /&gt;
* Toe base (mechanical advantage of the toe arm)&lt;br /&gt;
* Bolted joint tolerance&lt;br /&gt;
* Anything that is not axially loaded or not a direct line of action&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As Claude Rouelle said:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
“Nothing is rigid; 0.2mm of deflection here and 0.3mm of deflection there, and suddenly your front camber or you rear toe is far, far away from what you thought it was. From the driver input (steering wheel, brake pedal, throttle) to the tyres’ contact patch, there are dozens of non-linear springs, dampers, and hysteresis that compromise the racecar’s response to that driver input. [[Compliance]] is the biggest enemy of your driver’s Control and Confidence.”&lt;br /&gt;
==Kingpin==&lt;br /&gt;
Not that important for vehicle handling - Its main effect is on reducing scrub radius - but, scrub radius as well is less important on a racetrack with no major curbs/bumps where the steering wheel can be jerked around.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kingpin adds a VERY minor self centering effect (can be usually neglected relative to caster, even at 10+ deg), and an also minor but not neglegible positive camber gain in steer. This is a symmetric effect left to right, but not once caster is taken into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, to give an example, on a car with 4deg of caster and 8deg of kingpin, the negative camber gain from caster would overpower the kingpin by at least ~2-3x. There are equations to calculate this, but you can also set up your solidworks sketches correctly, and observe the effect in the sketches (if they are made movable), or in the assembly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Caster==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image161.png|right|middle|thumb|Caster Offset ]]Caster is the side-view angle of the steering axis to the vertical. It affects:&lt;br /&gt;
* Mechanical trail&lt;br /&gt;
** Steering effort&lt;br /&gt;
** &amp;quot;sense of direction the wheels want to go to&amp;quot; - i.e, where would the wheels steer if you let go of the steering wheel&lt;br /&gt;
** High speed stability&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Jacking&lt;br /&gt;
** Low speed oversteer inducing, as a tuning mechanism&lt;br /&gt;
** Another variable in steering effort&lt;br /&gt;
** Consider it as adding roll also!&lt;br /&gt;
* Steer camber&lt;br /&gt;
** Negative camber on outside wheel, positive on inner - both good! &lt;br /&gt;
*** But, do you want more camber for a tight hairpin than for a wide sweeper? I dont think so! in practice, this can be neglegible if caster is low enough, but it is a factor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Remember, you can have &amp;quot;Caster offset&amp;quot;, to independently affect mechanical trail (the most important one) from the other 2.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, you dont want to drown out the pneumatic trail with too much mechanical trail. Youll just end up with super heavy steering all the time, instead of giving the driver a signal of understeer like the pneumatic trail should.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Roll Center==&lt;br /&gt;
==Bump Center==&lt;br /&gt;
==CAD Tips==&lt;br /&gt;
Its helpful to set the CAD up for easy adjustment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That can be done by:&lt;br /&gt;
* Integrating the suspension geometry sketches into the frame file&lt;br /&gt;
* Having a few levels of sketches, set up for ease of parameter adjustment:&lt;br /&gt;
** A 2D &amp;quot;geometry sketch&amp;quot;, that isnt movable, and has all the critical angles and dimensions set, as well as static roll center visible with driven dimensions&lt;br /&gt;
** A 3D &amp;quot;geometry sketch&amp;quot;, adding in caster&lt;br /&gt;
** A 3D &amp;quot;linkage sketch&amp;quot; - movable, with equal length relations to the &amp;quot;geometry sketch&amp;quot; - so that it can be cycled through travel, while getting geometry updates from the geometry sketch.&lt;br /&gt;
It can look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image162.png|center|middle|thumb|Movable Sketch ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These sketches would then have in-context relations to the bellcrank, a-arms, uprights etc to have their geometry update accordingly to geometry sketch changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]][[Category:Vehicle Dynamics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Geometry&amp;diff=2021</id>
		<title>Suspension Geometry</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Geometry&amp;diff=2021"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T17:04:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: FsaeIllumina moved page Suspension Geometry to Suspension Geometry and Kinematics: Kinematics are closely related with geometry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;#REDIRECT [[Suspension Geometry and Kinematics]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2019</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2019"/>
		<updated>2021-01-14T15:30:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: corrected video link&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/xbrf29PtduM|1500|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tube_Frame&amp;diff=2018</id>
		<title>Tube Frame</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tube_Frame&amp;diff=2018"/>
		<updated>2021-01-11T18:17:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: formatting&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Chassis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A tube frame or space frame is a chassis constructed from rigid truss members attached in a three-dimensional structure with the body panels having little or no structural function. Stiffness is maximised by triangulating the tubing to ensure that the tubes are not loaded in bending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
Designing the tube frame is a compromise between structural rigidity, weight, and manufacturing complexity while complying to the rules. One thing to remember is that the frame is basically a glorified bracket. As such, the frame designer is primarely concerned with accomedating other systems - in approximate order of importance:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ergonomics: the driver&lt;br /&gt;
* Suspension: A-arm pickup points, and less importantly the damper linkage (it can meet the design requirements in a few arrangements usually)&lt;br /&gt;
* Powertrain/drivetrain: differential mounting is usually heavily reliant on frame. Engine removability!&lt;br /&gt;
* Aero: things like ground clearence and framerail width for undertray.&lt;br /&gt;
* Electrical: can usually work around everyone, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Driver Accomedation and CAD basics===&lt;br /&gt;
It is helpful to start the frame CAD with a &amp;quot;driver sketch&amp;quot;, so that the driver dimensions and margins of safety past the rules will set the dimensions of the entire frame. A driver sketch can look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image159.png|center|middle|thumb|Driver Sketch ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 with a seprate sketch building up the Side view frame around it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image80.png|center|middle|thumb|Driver Sketch and Side View Frame ]]The frame CAD is best set up with the help of both 2D and 3D sketches, and then with the use of &amp;quot;Weldments&amp;quot; - basically pre-configured sweep features, that get generated ontop of the sketches (the sketch being the neutral axis of the tube). It makes things quite easy to make, and to export later - Solidworks generates a &amp;quot;cut list&amp;quot;, that is like a BOM but for tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As part of smart CAD practice, it is best to have a &amp;quot;master sketch&amp;quot; (or a few in this case due to the complexity) - so that the entire frame design is controlled at the top of the part tree, and so that you dont have to go to 10 different features just to make one change. Learn to work with driven dimensions, and construction geometry. 3D sketches are computationally difficult, so you may occasionally see weird bugs with things going over defined even though they shouldnt. To mitigate this, keep complexity to a minimum, by reducing the number of dimensions and sketch lines per 3D sketch. One example layout would be this:&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver Sketch (2D)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Side View frame (2D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Bulkhead (2D, usually)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front Hoop (2D or 3D sketch on a plane)&lt;br /&gt;
* Main Hoop (3D sketch on a plane)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Middle tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rear tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Suspension 2d, then 3d.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get the idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image167.png|center|middle|thumb|Front Tubes, with bulkhead and FRH visible]]&lt;br /&gt;
It is helpful to use in-context relations to deliver the suspension geometry to the a-arms, bellcranks, uprights, etc. That way, all adjustments to the geometry can be done in the frame file, and the changes would be up dated on assembly rebuild.[[File:Image107.png|center|middle|thumb|Suspension Integration into Frame file]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&lt;br /&gt;
===Triangulation===&lt;br /&gt;
Proper triangulation makes sure that the tubes are not loaded in bending. Full triangulation is probably impossible given that the driver like, can't have a frame member through their torso, but please try?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that because some tubes will inevitably take bending (primarely the side impact structure, due to impossible triangulation from the big empty space the driver occupies), there should be emphasis on reducing tube aspect ratio (by either upping diameter or reducing length), and adding gussets.&lt;br /&gt;
===Tube Choice===&lt;br /&gt;
====Alloys====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Steel#1000 Series|10XX steel]] is cheap, easy to weld, readily available, and easy to machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Steel#4000 Series|41XX steel]] is more expensive but stronger, more difficult to weld and machine (prone to cracking, heat treat required).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aluminum?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3mm minimum wall thickness, treated in SES as if it were welded unless comprehensive proof shown that it wasn't exposed to heat that would ruin the strength properties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Method====&lt;br /&gt;
ERW, DOM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manufacturing==&lt;br /&gt;
Many teams use &amp;quot;VR3 Engineering&amp;quot; to produce their tubeset. This is an all inclusive (bending and cutting) service, and will be in the 3000-5000$ range for frame and suspension, depending on complexity and shipping. The upside is substantial time saved - their process is nearly fully automated, and the manufacturing process limits are fairly minimal. The tubes received are also very accurate, which makes welding easier. &lt;br /&gt;
===Cutting tubes===&lt;br /&gt;
Cutting tubes to intersect each other is called coping or notching. Tubes can be notched by hand typically using a hole saw notcher, bench grinder, or die grinder. This process is very time consuming and meticulous. Tubes can also be profiled using a water jet or laser cutter.&lt;br /&gt;
===Tube bending===&lt;br /&gt;
VR3 provides tube bending. Make sure your tubes match their manual tube bending dies, and do not have a radius smaller than the minimum bend radius for that tube/thickness. See [https://vr3.ca/technical-documents/ VR3's Manual Tube Bending Tool List]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bending the tubes by hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using CNC tube benders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any motorcycle builders around? They can have tools for 1&amp;quot; tubing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===VR3 Engineering - Specifics===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a schematic of the tube cutting setup:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:image16.png|center|middle|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img alt=&amp;quot;Image16.png&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/9/9d/Image16.png/300px-Image16.png&amp;quot; decoding=&amp;quot;async&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;201&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;thumbimage&amp;quot; srcset=&amp;quot;/images/9/9d/Image16.png 1.5x&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enlarge&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their machine has a vertical mill head (1/8in diameter) and a rotating feeder cuff. This means that in the default 3-axis configuration (and for round tubes), the end-mill is always perpendicular to the tube surface being cut. This matters for tolerances/fit.You can request them to use the 4th axis on round tubes where a very tight tolerance is required. For the Ryerson 2020 car, we asked for it on the a-arm tubes, which are .5in diameter.But for all other frame tubes, it is of no consequence, the tube will still fit very well, as intended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image99.png|center|middle|thumb|3 vs 4 axis ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fixtures===&lt;br /&gt;
Fixtures (also known as jigs) indicate the location of tubes within the frame. Fixtures can be made of many materials. Fixtures should start measurement from a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Datum_reference datum] (for example the front bulkhead). From the datum, important tubes should next be fixtured (suspension points, roll hoops, etc...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Fixture gallery?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Welding===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Welding}}&lt;br /&gt;
Tubes should be cleaned before welding. Joints should have minimal gaps, otherwise welding will be difficult. Tubes must be welded around the entire circumference (rules link).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis==&lt;br /&gt;
Goal:[[File:Image152.png|right|middle|thumb|Torsional stiffness FEA in solidworks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img alt=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/300px-Image152.png&amp;quot; decoding=&amp;quot;async&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;176&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;thumbimage&amp;quot; srcset=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/450px-Image152.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/600px-Image152.png 2x&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enlarge&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;Torsional stiffness FEA in solidworks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To test totsional rigidity, camber (lateral) rigidity, and perhaps also toe rigidity&lt;br /&gt;
* To stiffen frame where needed, and change up layouts&lt;br /&gt;
* To make sure it doesnt break, or is too close to low FOS where welds may crack&lt;br /&gt;
* Frequency analysis perhaps?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problem:&lt;br /&gt;
* Solid body FEA with a triangle mesh is too time consuming, for a 50+ tube frame. IF you have to, export small sections and do a small contained study (outlined below)&lt;br /&gt;
* Theres a quicker method - beam FEA. It makes a mesh of “pie cuts” of tubes. Way less mesh data, but very good accuracy still - a whole frame sim can run in ~30sec, on a laptop.&lt;br /&gt;
* It does not capture tab interfaces etc, but it does caputre member stresses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cannot do an assembly simulation in it, but can simulate pivotable “joints”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Torsional FEA (Beam sim) Workflow (Solidworks):===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Put in a mock “[[Engine|engine]]” as just a bunch of tubes, triangulated to be stiff.&lt;br /&gt;
# Put in mock a-arms (lower arms only, upper arent needed unless doing camber stiffness) and pushrods&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the appropriate joints to “hinges” (by right clicking on a member in the cutlist folder in the tree, and clicking &amp;quot;edit definition&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
# Apply “immovable (allowing rotation) fixtures to 3 wheel, apply 100lb upwards to the 4th.&lt;br /&gt;
# Bellcrank can be done but its complex computationally and my best way was to treat as direct actuation (getting decently accurate), and then performing a separate exported section get simulated with an assembly simulation - with the actual bellcrank, tabs etc. Then just add up the two deflections.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:image75.png|right|middle|thumb|FEA setup ]]Run, then view results! to understand if it makes sense, animate it - with the stress view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beam FEA Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA doesnt like short members. If you have a short member, ask yourself if it can be “combined” (i.e combine operation) with another. An example is suspension tabs. In our case, they will be combined with the arm tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA also doesnt like arcs - sharper bent tubes (making arcs that are fairly long, like 3inch plus) as nodes should be avoided, as ive had a bunch of weird bugs in FEA where the SIM node of the RRH being an arc just randomly detached&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA works with “nodes” that it automatically computes. You can get it to manually compute, based on custom set distances - this helps eliminate (filter out) 2 super close together nodes. But keep in mind, every time you recompute the nodes, your fixtures may change - since their referenced node will change number.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:image41.png|right|middle|thumb|Configuring Hinge Joints]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solid-Body Frame FEA (Soldworks)===&lt;br /&gt;
Its not computationally realistic to do a solid body simulation for the entire frame. As such, I recommend exporting a section of interest, and ananlyzing it seperately. For example, the bellcrank mounting, or a-arm tabs. In the case of the bellcrank, you'd be best to include the actual bellcrank as well and perform an assembly simulation. You never know how much it will contribute!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to export a section? Start from having a fully merged body that includes the tubes/tabs of interest. The extruded tabs have to properly intersect the tube for merging to work. You can use the &amp;quot;combine&amp;quot; feature (just search for it in the command search box) to combine all the bodies together. Once done, right click the body, and click &amp;quot;insert into new part&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proceed with solid body FEA - NOT beam FEA. Meshing is sometimes tricky, so the addition of fillets as well as mesh control (mesh per part size) helps auto refine the mesh in the sharp edges and prevent the meshing from failing.&lt;br /&gt;
==Frame/Susp - Sending out==&lt;br /&gt;
If using VR3 engineering to produce your tubeset for you, you have to send out a:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* BOM Drawing&lt;br /&gt;
* VR3 template excel sheet, with a qtys summary&lt;br /&gt;
* Once quote approved, indiv tube files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Fortunately, a superb guide already exists - on the VR3 website. Its not a super light/easy thing to figure out, and yes you will have some late nights (or one all nighter) trying to send the frame out - usually, due to struggling with the BOM etc - but what do you expect? Not everything in life is a light read.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The doc is “SAE Student Guideline”, and is in their documents section of [https://vr3.ca/technical-documents/ their website]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tube_Frame&amp;diff=2017</id>
		<title>Tube Frame</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tube_Frame&amp;diff=2017"/>
		<updated>2021-01-11T18:16:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added vr3 tube bending&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Chassis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A tube frame or space frame is a chassis constructed from rigid truss members attached in a three-dimensional structure with the body panels having little or no structural function. Stiffness is maximised by triangulating the tubing to ensure that the tubes are not loaded in bending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
Designing the tube frame is a compromise between structural rigidity, weight, and manufacturing complexity while complying to the rules. One thing to remember is that the frame is basically a glorified bracket. As such, the frame designer is primarely concerned with accomedating other systems - in approximate order of importance:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ergonomics: the driver&lt;br /&gt;
* Suspension: A-arm pickup points, and less importantly the damper linkage (it can meet the design requirements in a few arrangements usually)&lt;br /&gt;
* Powertrain/drivetrain: differential mounting is usually heavily reliant on frame. Engine removability!&lt;br /&gt;
* Aero: things like ground clearence and framerail width for undertray.&lt;br /&gt;
* Electrical: can usually work around everyone, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Driver Accomedation and CAD basics===&lt;br /&gt;
It is helpful to start the frame CAD with a &amp;quot;driver sketch&amp;quot;, so that the driver dimensions and margins of safety past the rules will set the dimensions of the entire frame. A driver sketch can look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image159.png|center|middle|thumb|Driver Sketch ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 with a seprate sketch building up the Side view frame around it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image80.png|center|middle|thumb|Driver Sketch and Side View Frame ]]The frame CAD is best set up with the help of both 2D and 3D sketches, and then with the use of &amp;quot;Weldments&amp;quot; - basically pre-configured sweep features, that get generated ontop of the sketches (the sketch being the neutral axis of the tube). It makes things quite easy to make, and to export later - Solidworks generates a &amp;quot;cut list&amp;quot;, that is like a BOM but for tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As part of smart CAD practice, it is best to have a &amp;quot;master sketch&amp;quot; (or a few in this case due to the complexity) - so that the entire frame design is controlled at the top of the part tree, and so that you dont have to go to 10 different features just to make one change. Learn to work with driven dimensions, and construction geometry. 3D sketches are computationally difficult, so you may occasionally see weird bugs with things going over defined even though they shouldnt. To mitigate this, keep complexity to a minimum, by reducing the number of dimensions and sketch lines per 3D sketch. One example layout would be this:&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver Sketch (2D)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Side View frame (2D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Bulkhead (2D, usually)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front Hoop (2D or 3D sketch on a plane)&lt;br /&gt;
* Main Hoop (3D sketch on a plane)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Middle tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rear tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Suspension 2d, then 3d.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get the idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image167.png|center|middle|thumb|Front Tubes, with bulkhead and FRH visible]]&lt;br /&gt;
It is helpful to use in-context relations to deliver the suspension geometry to the a-arms, bellcranks, uprights, etc. That way, all adjustments to the geometry can be done in the frame file, and the changes would be up dated on assembly rebuild.[[File:Image107.png|center|middle|thumb|Suspension Integration into Frame file]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&lt;br /&gt;
===Triangulation===&lt;br /&gt;
Proper triangulation makes sure that the tubes are not loaded in bending. Full triangulation is probably impossible given that the driver like, can't have a frame member through their torso, but please try?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that because some tubes will inevitably take bending (primarely the side impact structure, due to impossible triangulation from the big empty space the driver occupies), there should be emphasis on reducing tube aspect ratio (by either upping diameter or reducing length), and adding gussets.&lt;br /&gt;
===Tube Choice===&lt;br /&gt;
====Alloys====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Steel#1000 Series|10XX steel]] is cheap, easy to weld, readily available, and easy to machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Steel#4000 Series|41XX steel]] is more expensive but stronger, more difficult to weld and machine (prone to cracking, heat treat required).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aluminum?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3mm minimum wall thickness, treated in SES as if it were welded unless comprehensive proof shown that it wasn't exposed to heat that would ruin the strength properties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Method====&lt;br /&gt;
ERW, DOM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manufacturing==&lt;br /&gt;
Many teams use &amp;quot;VR3 Engineering&amp;quot; to produce their tubeset. This is an all inclusive (bending and cutting) service, and will be in the 3000-5000$ range for frame and suspension, depending on complexity and shipping. The upside is substantial time saved - their process is nearly fully automated, and the manufacturing process limits are fairly minimal. The tubes received are also very accurate, which makes welding easier. &lt;br /&gt;
===Cutting tubes===&lt;br /&gt;
Cutting tubes to intersect each other is called coping or notching. Tubes can be notched by hand typically using a hole saw notcher, bench grinder, or die grinder. This process is very time consuming and meticulous. Tubes can also be profiled using a water jet or laser cutter.&lt;br /&gt;
===Tube bending===&lt;br /&gt;
VR3 provides tube bending. Make sure your tubes match their manual tube bending dies, and do not have a radius smaller than the minimum bend radius for that tube/thickness. See [[https://vr3.ca/technical-documents/ VR3's Manual Tube Bending Tool List]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Bending the tubes by hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using CNC tube benders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any motorcycle builders around? They can have tools for 1&amp;quot; tubing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===VR3 Engineering - Specifics===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a schematic of the tube cutting setup:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:image16.png|center|middle|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img alt=&amp;quot;Image16.png&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/9/9d/Image16.png/300px-Image16.png&amp;quot; decoding=&amp;quot;async&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;201&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;thumbimage&amp;quot; srcset=&amp;quot;/images/9/9d/Image16.png 1.5x&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enlarge&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their machine has a vertical mill head (1/8in diameter) and a rotating feeder cuff. This means that in the default 3-axis configuration (and for round tubes), the end-mill is always perpendicular to the tube surface being cut. This matters for tolerances/fit.You can request them to use the 4th axis on round tubes where a very tight tolerance is required. For the Ryerson 2020 car, we asked for it on the a-arm tubes, which are .5in diameter.But for all other frame tubes, it is of no consequence, the tube will still fit very well, as intended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image99.png|center|middle|thumb|3 vs 4 axis ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fixtures===&lt;br /&gt;
Fixtures (also known as jigs) indicate the location of tubes within the frame. Fixtures can be made of many materials. Fixtures should start measurement from a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Datum_reference datum] (for example the front bulkhead). From the datum, important tubes should next be fixtured (suspension points, roll hoops, etc...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Fixture gallery?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Welding===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Welding}}&lt;br /&gt;
Tubes should be cleaned before welding. Joints should have minimal gaps, otherwise welding will be difficult. Tubes must be welded around the entire circumference (rules link).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis==&lt;br /&gt;
Goal:[[File:Image152.png|right|middle|thumb|Torsional stiffness FEA in solidworks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img alt=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/300px-Image152.png&amp;quot; decoding=&amp;quot;async&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;176&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;thumbimage&amp;quot; srcset=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/450px-Image152.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/600px-Image152.png 2x&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enlarge&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;Torsional stiffness FEA in solidworks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To test totsional rigidity, camber (lateral) rigidity, and perhaps also toe rigidity&lt;br /&gt;
* To stiffen frame where needed, and change up layouts&lt;br /&gt;
* To make sure it doesnt break, or is too close to low FOS where welds may crack&lt;br /&gt;
* Frequency analysis perhaps?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problem:&lt;br /&gt;
* Solid body FEA with a triangle mesh is too time consuming, for a 50+ tube frame. IF you have to, export small sections and do a small contained study (outlined below)&lt;br /&gt;
* Theres a quicker method - beam FEA. It makes a mesh of “pie cuts” of tubes. Way less mesh data, but very good accuracy still - a whole frame sim can run in ~30sec, on a laptop.&lt;br /&gt;
* It does not capture tab interfaces etc, but it does caputre member stresses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cannot do an assembly simulation in it, but can simulate pivotable “joints”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Torsional FEA (Beam sim) Workflow (Solidworks):===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Put in a mock “[[Engine|engine]]” as just a bunch of tubes, triangulated to be stiff.&lt;br /&gt;
# Put in mock a-arms (lower arms only, upper arent needed unless doing camber stiffness) and pushrods&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the appropriate joints to “hinges” (by right clicking on a member in the cutlist folder in the tree, and clicking &amp;quot;edit definition&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
# Apply “immovable (allowing rotation) fixtures to 3 wheel, apply 100lb upwards to the 4th.&lt;br /&gt;
# Bellcrank can be done but its complex computationally and my best way was to treat as direct actuation (getting decently accurate), and then performing a separate exported section get simulated with an assembly simulation - with the actual bellcrank, tabs etc. Then just add up the two deflections.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:image75.png|right|middle|thumb|FEA setup ]]Run, then view results! to understand if it makes sense, animate it - with the stress view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beam FEA Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA doesnt like short members. If you have a short member, ask yourself if it can be “combined” (i.e combine operation) with another. An example is suspension tabs. In our case, they will be combined with the arm tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA also doesnt like arcs - sharper bent tubes (making arcs that are fairly long, like 3inch plus) as nodes should be avoided, as ive had a bunch of weird bugs in FEA where the SIM node of the RRH being an arc just randomly detached&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA works with “nodes” that it automatically computes. You can get it to manually compute, based on custom set distances - this helps eliminate (filter out) 2 super close together nodes. But keep in mind, every time you recompute the nodes, your fixtures may change - since their referenced node will change number.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:image41.png|right|middle|thumb|Configuring Hinge Joints]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solid-Body Frame FEA (Soldworks)===&lt;br /&gt;
Its not computationally realistic to do a solid body simulation for the entire frame. As such, I recommend exporting a section of interest, and ananlyzing it seperately. For example, the bellcrank mounting, or a-arm tabs. In the case of the bellcrank, you'd be best to include the actual bellcrank as well and perform an assembly simulation. You never know how much it will contribute!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to export a section? Start from having a fully merged body that includes the tubes/tabs of interest. The extruded tabs have to properly intersect the tube for merging to work. You can use the &amp;quot;combine&amp;quot; feature (just search for it in the command search box) to combine all the bodies together. Once done, right click the body, and click &amp;quot;insert into new part&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proceed with solid body FEA - NOT beam FEA. Meshing is sometimes tricky, so the addition of fillets as well as mesh control (mesh per part size) helps auto refine the mesh in the sharp edges and prevent the meshing from failing.&lt;br /&gt;
==Frame/Susp - Sending out==&lt;br /&gt;
If using VR3 engineering to produce your tubeset for you, you have to send out a:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* BOM Drawing&lt;br /&gt;
* VR3 template excel sheet, with a qtys summary&lt;br /&gt;
* Once quote approved, indiv tube files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Fortunately, a superb guide already exists - on the VR3 website. Its not a super light/easy thing to figure out, and yes you will have some late nights (or one all nighter) trying to send the frame out - usually, due to struggling with the BOM etc - but what do you expect? Not everything in life is a light read.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The doc is “SAE Student Guideline”, and is in their documents section of [https://vr3.ca/technical-documents/ their website]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tube_Frame&amp;diff=2016</id>
		<title>Tube Frame</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tube_Frame&amp;diff=2016"/>
		<updated>2021-01-11T18:13:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added vr3 accuracy makes welding easier&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Category:Chassis]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A tube frame or space frame is a chassis constructed from rigid truss members attached in a three-dimensional structure with the body panels having little or no structural function. Stiffness is maximised by triangulating the tubing to ensure that the tubes are not loaded in bending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Design==&lt;br /&gt;
Designing the tube frame is a compromise between structural rigidity, weight, and manufacturing complexity while complying to the rules. One thing to remember is that the frame is basically a glorified bracket. As such, the frame designer is primarely concerned with accomedating other systems - in approximate order of importance:&lt;br /&gt;
* Ergonomics: the driver&lt;br /&gt;
* Suspension: A-arm pickup points, and less importantly the damper linkage (it can meet the design requirements in a few arrangements usually)&lt;br /&gt;
* Powertrain/drivetrain: differential mounting is usually heavily reliant on frame. Engine removability!&lt;br /&gt;
* Aero: things like ground clearence and framerail width for undertray.&lt;br /&gt;
* Electrical: can usually work around everyone, right?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Driver Accomedation and CAD basics===&lt;br /&gt;
It is helpful to start the frame CAD with a &amp;quot;driver sketch&amp;quot;, so that the driver dimensions and margins of safety past the rules will set the dimensions of the entire frame. A driver sketch can look like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image159.png|center|middle|thumb|Driver Sketch ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 with a seprate sketch building up the Side view frame around it:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image80.png|center|middle|thumb|Driver Sketch and Side View Frame ]]The frame CAD is best set up with the help of both 2D and 3D sketches, and then with the use of &amp;quot;Weldments&amp;quot; - basically pre-configured sweep features, that get generated ontop of the sketches (the sketch being the neutral axis of the tube). It makes things quite easy to make, and to export later - Solidworks generates a &amp;quot;cut list&amp;quot;, that is like a BOM but for tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As part of smart CAD practice, it is best to have a &amp;quot;master sketch&amp;quot; (or a few in this case due to the complexity) - so that the entire frame design is controlled at the top of the part tree, and so that you dont have to go to 10 different features just to make one change. Learn to work with driven dimensions, and construction geometry. 3D sketches are computationally difficult, so you may occasionally see weird bugs with things going over defined even though they shouldnt. To mitigate this, keep complexity to a minimum, by reducing the number of dimensions and sketch lines per 3D sketch. One example layout would be this:&lt;br /&gt;
* Driver Sketch (2D)&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Side View frame (2D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Bulkhead (2D, usually)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front Hoop (2D or 3D sketch on a plane)&lt;br /&gt;
* Main Hoop (3D sketch on a plane)&lt;br /&gt;
* Front tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Middle tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Rear tubes (3D)&lt;br /&gt;
* Suspension 2d, then 3d.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You get the idea.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image167.png|center|middle|thumb|Front Tubes, with bulkhead and FRH visible]]&lt;br /&gt;
It is helpful to use in-context relations to deliver the suspension geometry to the a-arms, bellcranks, uprights, etc. That way, all adjustments to the geometry can be done in the frame file, and the changes would be up dated on assembly rebuild.[[File:Image107.png|center|middle|thumb|Suspension Integration into Frame file]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
======&lt;br /&gt;
===Triangulation===&lt;br /&gt;
Proper triangulation makes sure that the tubes are not loaded in bending. Full triangulation is probably impossible given that the driver like, can't have a frame member through their torso, but please try?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that because some tubes will inevitably take bending (primarely the side impact structure, due to impossible triangulation from the big empty space the driver occupies), there should be emphasis on reducing tube aspect ratio (by either upping diameter or reducing length), and adding gussets.&lt;br /&gt;
===Tube Choice===&lt;br /&gt;
====Alloys====&lt;br /&gt;
[[Steel#1000 Series|10XX steel]] is cheap, easy to weld, readily available, and easy to machine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Steel#4000 Series|41XX steel]] is more expensive but stronger, more difficult to weld and machine (prone to cracking, heat treat required).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Aluminum?&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3mm minimum wall thickness, treated in SES as if it were welded unless comprehensive proof shown that it wasn't exposed to heat that would ruin the strength properties&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====Method====&lt;br /&gt;
ERW, DOM&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Manufacturing==&lt;br /&gt;
Many teams use &amp;quot;VR3 Engineering&amp;quot; to produce their tubeset. This is an all inclusive (bending and cutting) service, and will be in the 3000-5000$ range for frame and suspension, depending on complexity and shipping. The upside is substantial time saved - their process is nearly fully automated, and the manufacturing process limits are fairly minimal. The tubes received are also very accurate, which makes welding easier. &lt;br /&gt;
===Cutting tubes===&lt;br /&gt;
Cutting tubes to intersect each other is called coping or notching. Tubes can be notched by hand typically using a hole saw notcher, bench grinder, or die grinder. This process is very time consuming and meticulous. Tubes can also be profiled using a water jet or laser cutter.&lt;br /&gt;
===Tube bending===&lt;br /&gt;
Bending the tubes by hand&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Using CNC tube benders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Any motorcycle builders around? They can have tools for 1&amp;quot; tubing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===VR3 Engineering - Specifics===&lt;br /&gt;
This is a schematic of the tube cutting setup:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:image16.png|center|middle|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img alt=&amp;quot;Image16.png&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/9/9d/Image16.png/300px-Image16.png&amp;quot; decoding=&amp;quot;async&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;201&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;thumbimage&amp;quot; srcset=&amp;quot;/images/9/9d/Image16.png 1.5x&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enlarge&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Their machine has a vertical mill head (1/8in diameter) and a rotating feeder cuff. This means that in the default 3-axis configuration (and for round tubes), the end-mill is always perpendicular to the tube surface being cut. This matters for tolerances/fit.You can request them to use the 4th axis on round tubes where a very tight tolerance is required. For the Ryerson 2020 car, we asked for it on the a-arm tubes, which are .5in diameter.But for all other frame tubes, it is of no consequence, the tube will still fit very well, as intended.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image99.png|center|middle|thumb|3 vs 4 axis ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Fixtures===&lt;br /&gt;
Fixtures (also known as jigs) indicate the location of tubes within the frame. Fixtures can be made of many materials. Fixtures should start measurement from a [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Datum_reference datum] (for example the front bulkhead). From the datum, important tubes should next be fixtured (suspension points, roll hoops, etc...).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Fixture gallery?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Welding===&lt;br /&gt;
{{Main|Welding}}&lt;br /&gt;
Tubes should be cleaned before welding. Joints should have minimal gaps, otherwise welding will be difficult. Tubes must be welded around the entire circumference (rules link).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis==&lt;br /&gt;
Goal:[[File:Image152.png|right|middle|thumb|Torsional stiffness FEA in solidworks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img alt=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/300px-Image152.png&amp;quot; decoding=&amp;quot;async&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;176&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;thumbimage&amp;quot; srcset=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/450px-Image152.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/0/0b/Image152.png/600px-Image152.png 2x&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;internal&amp;quot; title=&amp;quot;Enlarge&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt;Torsional stiffness FEA in solidworks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* To test totsional rigidity, camber (lateral) rigidity, and perhaps also toe rigidity&lt;br /&gt;
* To stiffen frame where needed, and change up layouts&lt;br /&gt;
* To make sure it doesnt break, or is too close to low FOS where welds may crack&lt;br /&gt;
* Frequency analysis perhaps?&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Problem:&lt;br /&gt;
* Solid body FEA with a triangle mesh is too time consuming, for a 50+ tube frame. IF you have to, export small sections and do a small contained study (outlined below)&lt;br /&gt;
* Theres a quicker method - beam FEA. It makes a mesh of “pie cuts” of tubes. Way less mesh data, but very good accuracy still - a whole frame sim can run in ~30sec, on a laptop.&lt;br /&gt;
* It does not capture tab interfaces etc, but it does caputre member stresses.&lt;br /&gt;
* Cannot do an assembly simulation in it, but can simulate pivotable “joints”&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Torsional FEA (Beam sim) Workflow (Solidworks):===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Put in a mock “[[Engine|engine]]” as just a bunch of tubes, triangulated to be stiff.&lt;br /&gt;
# Put in mock a-arms (lower arms only, upper arent needed unless doing camber stiffness) and pushrods&lt;br /&gt;
# Modify the appropriate joints to “hinges” (by right clicking on a member in the cutlist folder in the tree, and clicking &amp;quot;edit definition&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
# Apply “immovable (allowing rotation) fixtures to 3 wheel, apply 100lb upwards to the 4th.&lt;br /&gt;
# Bellcrank can be done but its complex computationally and my best way was to treat as direct actuation (getting decently accurate), and then performing a separate exported section get simulated with an assembly simulation - with the actual bellcrank, tabs etc. Then just add up the two deflections.&lt;br /&gt;
# [[File:image75.png|right|middle|thumb|FEA setup ]]Run, then view results! to understand if it makes sense, animate it - with the stress view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Beam FEA Notes:&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA doesnt like short members. If you have a short member, ask yourself if it can be “combined” (i.e combine operation) with another. An example is suspension tabs. In our case, they will be combined with the arm tubes.&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA also doesnt like arcs - sharper bent tubes (making arcs that are fairly long, like 3inch plus) as nodes should be avoided, as ive had a bunch of weird bugs in FEA where the SIM node of the RRH being an arc just randomly detached&lt;br /&gt;
* Beam FEA works with “nodes” that it automatically computes. You can get it to manually compute, based on custom set distances - this helps eliminate (filter out) 2 super close together nodes. But keep in mind, every time you recompute the nodes, your fixtures may change - since their referenced node will change number.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:image41.png|right|middle|thumb|Configuring Hinge Joints]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solid-Body Frame FEA (Soldworks)===&lt;br /&gt;
Its not computationally realistic to do a solid body simulation for the entire frame. As such, I recommend exporting a section of interest, and ananlyzing it seperately. For example, the bellcrank mounting, or a-arm tabs. In the case of the bellcrank, you'd be best to include the actual bellcrank as well and perform an assembly simulation. You never know how much it will contribute!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
How to export a section? Start from having a fully merged body that includes the tubes/tabs of interest. The extruded tabs have to properly intersect the tube for merging to work. You can use the &amp;quot;combine&amp;quot; feature (just search for it in the command search box) to combine all the bodies together. Once done, right click the body, and click &amp;quot;insert into new part&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Proceed with solid body FEA - NOT beam FEA. Meshing is sometimes tricky, so the addition of fillets as well as mesh control (mesh per part size) helps auto refine the mesh in the sharp edges and prevent the meshing from failing.&lt;br /&gt;
==Frame/Susp - Sending out==&lt;br /&gt;
If using VR3 engineering to produce your tubeset for you, you have to send out a:&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* BOM Drawing&lt;br /&gt;
* VR3 template excel sheet, with a qtys summary&lt;br /&gt;
* Once quote approved, indiv tube files.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Fortunately, a superb guide already exists - on the VR3 website. Its not a super light/easy thing to figure out, and yes you will have some late nights (or one all nighter) trying to send the frame out - usually, due to struggling with the BOM etc - but what do you expect? Not everything in life is a light read.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The doc is “SAE Student Guideline”, and is in their documents section of [https://vr3.ca/technical-documents/ their website]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2015</id>
		<title>Suspension Forces</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Suspension_Forces&amp;diff=2015"/>
		<updated>2021-01-11T18:11:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Forces in 6 Suspension Tubes Per Corner==&lt;br /&gt;
In double wishbone suspension systems typically seen on FSAE cars, there are 6 tubes connecting the wheel assembly to the vehicle: &lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Upper Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Fore&lt;br /&gt;
# Lower Wishbone, Aft&lt;br /&gt;
# Push/Pull Rod or Spring/Damper (direct suspension)&lt;br /&gt;
# Toe Rod or Steering Tie Rod &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Applications==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design and selection of suspension tubes&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of upright / knuckle&lt;br /&gt;
* Better understanding of forces during different loadcases&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of bellcrank&lt;br /&gt;
* Proper design of mounting brackets of suspension tubes onto chassis&lt;br /&gt;
* Reduce failures, while keeping weight low&lt;br /&gt;
* Compliance analysis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Analysis of Only the Push/Pull Rod (Incorrect Method)==&lt;br /&gt;
Some teams have assumed that the vertical force of the tire at the contact patch is exactly equal to the vertical component of the push/pull rod force, and used the component forces / similar triangles / Trigonometry method to calculate the force in the push/pull rod, ignoring the additional forces of the other 5 suspension tubes. '''This is incorrect''', and can underestimate forces by a factor of 2 or more. The method is most inaccurate on pull-rod suspension. Here, the upper wishbone applies an additional vertical force to the wheel assembly, which increases the loads on the pull-rod. [[File:Pullrod Forces2.png|right|middle|thumb|Upper Wishbone Increasing Forces on Pull-rod]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Static Free Body Diagram 6x6 Matrix Method==&lt;br /&gt;
Numerous papers on this method exist. A google search for &amp;quot;Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix&amp;quot; shows a couple, or check the [[Suspension Forces#See Also|See Also]] Section. The rest of this section provides only a summary with a few pictures. The video provides a detailed explanation in a very easy to understand format.&lt;br /&gt;
{{#ev:youtube|https://youtu.be/XXXXXXXXX|1500|center|Formula SAE Suspension Forces Matrix Video|frame}}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Assumptions===&lt;br /&gt;
Because all of these have spherical bearings on both ends, they are two-force-members, so they will only see tension/compression forces. If the push/pull rod is mounted to a control arm, then it will introduce bending forces in that control arm. In order to calculate the axial forces in all 6 tubes, it will be assumed that they are all two-force members. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Acceleration of the wheel assembly is ignored ignored here for simplicity. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Theory===&lt;br /&gt;
Apply sum of forces equals zero (Fx, Fy, and Fz are 3 equations), and sum of moments (torques) equals zero (Mx, My, and Mz are 3 equations) to the wheel assembly. Break up all 6 suspension tube force vectors into their x, y, and z components multiplied by the unknown magnitude of the force in each arm. The 6 equations and 6 unknowns form a solvable 6x6 linear system. [[File:Free Body Diagram.png|right|middle|thumb|Free Body Diagram Showing 3 of 6 Suspension Arms]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Solving===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A summary of the solution is given here. It is a decently long process. It is recommended the reader follow through a paper, or watch a video. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First determine the x, y, z components of each of the 6 tubes. In vector form, this is the same as the unit vectors of each tube, multiplied by the magnitude of the force of each arm. The latter of which will be left as a variable because it is unknown. [[File:Suspension Forces 1.png|right|middle|thumb|Breaking up Force Vectors into x, y, z components]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Equations With Highlights.png|right|middle|thumb|Force Equations with Unit Vectors Highlighted in Red and Unknowns Highlighted in Orange]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Calculating the moments from each tube is best done in vector form as the cross product of the moment arm vector and the force vector. This will result in a moment vector that has a Mx, My, and Mz components, which can be placed into their respective &amp;lt;math display=&amp;quot;inline&amp;quot;&amp;gt; \sum M_x = 0, \sum M_y = 0, \sum M_z = 0,&amp;lt;/math&amp;gt; equation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 6 equations can be rearranged into a matrix equation of the form A*X=b, which can be solved easily with linear algebra. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==See Also==&lt;br /&gt;
[http://scholarworks.csun.edu/bitstream/handle/10211.3/123383/Flickinger-Evan-thesis-2014.pdf;sequence=1 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF FORMULA SAECAR SUSPENSION MEMBERS]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.iaeme.com/MasterAdmin/uploadfolder/IJMET FORCE CALCULATION IN UPRIGHT OF A FSAE RACE CAR]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tires&amp;diff=2014</id>
		<title>Tires</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://fswiki.us/index.php?title=Tires&amp;diff=2014"/>
		<updated>2021-01-11T16:39:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;FsaeIllumina: added analysis section&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Good smelling round things&lt;br /&gt;
=Theory Stuff=&lt;br /&gt;
[[G-g Diagram|G-g Diagram]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tires are rubber based, with metal cords to re-enforce the structure both on the contact face, and on the vertical “side walls”. They are most commonly pneumatic (i.e inflated with air), and the result is a substantially stiff rolling structure, with the rubber generating adhesion as well as mechanical “interlocking” with the asphalt, with the result being friction.Why do tires matter? Put simply, they are the only link of the car with the ground. While almost all systems are critical for the car operation, the tires have a special role in the car’s performance - a race-car generates forces and accelerations, both through driver inputs and engine power. In this way, the tires are essentially a “gate-keeper”, where the limit of force (and as such acceleration) has an upper limit. So, more engine power, or more brake power, is only helpful if the tires can handle it. Why is more acceleration better? On a race-track, better acceleration/deceleration in a straight line means higher top speed and later braking before the corner. In a corner, better acceleration means higher corner speeds for a given radius (a=v^2/r).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;It gets more complex. The tire is not fully rigid. If it was, it would not be able to “store” energy and generate cornering force. It is best to think of it like a spring, and cornering forces generate a torsion around the vertical axis going through the tire centerpoint. The twist angle generated is called “Slip angle”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:image34.png|center|middle|thumb|Slip angle ]]&amp;lt;a class=&amp;quot;image&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;img class=&amp;quot;thumbimage&amp;quot; src=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/d/db/Image34.png/300px-Image34.png&amp;quot; srcset=&amp;quot;/images/thumb/d/db/Image34.png/450px-Image34.png 1.5x, /images/thumb/d/db/Image34.png/600px-Image34.png 2x&amp;quot; alt=&amp;quot;&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;300&amp;quot; height=&amp;quot;420&amp;quot; /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/a&amp;gt; Slip angle&lt;br /&gt;
As the driver steers, the slip angle rises (and so does the cornering acceleration/force), but it does not do so linearly. This is a very important aspect of tire behavior.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image6.png|center|middle|thumb|Tire Comparison (fictional)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Tire Comparison (fictional)Another related aspect is “alligning torque”, which is the moment the tire exerts around its centerline to return to neutral position (pre-deformation, i.e zero slip angle). How would it generate a moment? Only if the cornering force acts at a distance from the centerline of the tire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image8.png|center|middle|thumb|Pneumatic trail ]]Now, why is this important? Because, we are not very sensetive to accelerations - i.e, the driver cant just feel in his body that the car is at peak acceleration very accurately. As such, the feedback of the tires through the steering wheel is very useful.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image151.png|link=https://www.semanticscholar.org/paper/Modeling-%2C-Analysis-and-Control-Methods-for-Vehicle-Takahashi/3f1dc5d4f82dce2e5a25cf20d470bbe68d4bb2b3|center|middle|thumb]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is where it should be noted that this torque is also non linear, relative to slip angle and to cornering force! What the driver would feel is increasing steering force, then gradually decreasing, while the car is still increasing in cornering force. This is due to the slippage of the contact patch changing location.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another factor is the tire’s relationship to vertical load - i.e, why heavier cars dont corner as well as lighter cars. Tires operate with both “adhesion” and “Hysteresis” that can also be called as “mechanical interlocking” on a macro scale with the asphalt. A sidenote - The adhesion is vastly reduced in the rain, but the Hysteresis is not affected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image14.png|link=https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/publications/research/safety/14065/002.cfm|center|middle|thumb|Mechanisms of grip ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, the coefficient of friction of the tire is unitless, and it is the single most important measure of tire performance - or at least, the easiest one to see at a glance. We were taught in highschool physics that this friction coefficient is constant, and independent of surface area. That is not true! On some materials it may stay very near constant. But on a rubber tire, the coefficient is actually negatively correlated to vertical load - load goes up, coefficient goes down. This is substantial enough to be the single biggest justification for making a race-car lighter.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Below, a primary reason for this behavior is seen. This is the macro level “interlocking” of the rubber with the asphalt, a very conventional friction model. As the vertical (i.e normal) load increases, the rubber expands to fill the road ridges, but it begins to saturate (i.e it cannot go any further into the asphalt).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image29.png|link=http://insideracingtechnology.com/tirebkexerpt1.htm|center|middle|thumb|Load sensitivity ]]Consequentially, the coefficient = Fcornering/Fnormal decreases, as 1 unit of Fnormal increase results in a &amp;lt;1 unit of Fcornering increase - contributing to the value (being a ratio) to reduce.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Image20.png|link=https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tire_load_sensitivity|center|middle|thumb|Load Sensitivity ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=Analysis=&lt;br /&gt;
==Tire Testing Consortium (TTC)==&lt;br /&gt;
Formula SAE tire testing data is available for a one time purchase of $500 from the TTC. http://www.millikenresearch.com/fsaettc.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Curve Fitting==&lt;br /&gt;
=== The Bill Cobb Approach ===&lt;br /&gt;
Bill Cobb has two excellent threads on how to get started fitting. Note: TTC members only&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fsaettc.org/viewtopic.php?f=17&amp;amp;t=23 Matlab Tire Processing Code (Report Form)]&lt;br /&gt;
* [http://www.fsaettc.org/viewtopic.php?f=13&amp;amp;t=216 Estimating Pacejka model coefficients in Matlab]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Non-Dimensional Tire Modeling ===&lt;br /&gt;
Based on the Patton 2013 Paper. &amp;lt;ref&amp;gt; Patton, Chris. Development of Vehicle Dynamics Tools for Motorsports. Oregon State University. 2013.&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Code is available here: https://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/67987-analyzing-tire-test-data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Suggested Reading ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Pacejka, Hans. Tyre and Vehicle Dynamics. &lt;br /&gt;
* Clark, Samuel K. (Editor), Mechanics of Pneumatic Tires, 2nd Ed. U.S. Dept. of Transportation, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 1981. U.S. Govt. Reference #: 050-003-00377-8.&lt;br /&gt;
* Hays, D.F. &amp;amp; Browne, A.L., The Physics of Tire Traction. Plenum, 1973. ISBN 0-306-30806-1.&lt;br /&gt;
* Kummer, H.W. &amp;amp; Mayer, W.E., Unified Theory of Rubber and Tire Friction. University Park, PA.: Pennsylvania State University, 1966&lt;br /&gt;
* Moore, D.F., The Friction of Pneumatic Tyres. Elsevier, 1975. ISBN 0-444-41323-5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=List of Tires=&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.millikenresearch.com/fsaettc.html Formula SAE Tire Test Consortium]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.hoosiertire.com/tires/circuit/spec/#panel-spec Hoosier Tires FSAE 2020]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.avonmotorsport.com/resource-centre/tyre-applications/sae-formula-student Avon Tyres Formula Student]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Dry==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Make'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Size'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Weight'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Comments'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''TTC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Continental&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Goodyear&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;9&amp;quot;|Hoosier &amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;https://www.hoosiertire.com/images/content/files/FormulaSAE19(1).pdf&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|16.0 x 6.0-10&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|~3.2kg&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|16.0 x 7.5-10&lt;br /&gt;
|~3.6kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|6.0/18.0-10&lt;br /&gt;
|~3.6kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|18.0 x 6.0-10&lt;br /&gt;
|~4kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|18.0 x 7.5-10&lt;br /&gt;
|~4.5kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|19.5 x 6.5-10&lt;br /&gt;
|~4.5kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|19.5 x 7.5-10&lt;br /&gt;
|~5kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|20.5 x 7.0-13&lt;br /&gt;
|~5kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|20.0 x 7.5-13&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|~5.4kg&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Pirelli &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Wet==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Make'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Model'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Size'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Weight'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Comments'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''TTC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| rowspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot;|Hoosier&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
| &lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:Suspension]][[Category:Vehicle Dynamics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=References=&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;code&amp;gt;&amp;lt;references /&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/code&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>FsaeIllumina</name></author>
		
	</entry>
</feed>